WO2004003164A2 - Methods of organ regeneration - Google Patents

Methods of organ regeneration Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004003164A2
WO2004003164A2 PCT/US2003/020578 US0320578W WO2004003164A2 WO 2004003164 A2 WO2004003164 A2 WO 2004003164A2 US 0320578 W US0320578 W US 0320578W WO 2004003164 A2 WO2004003164 A2 WO 2004003164A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cells
mammal
administering
cell
ofthe
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/020578
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004003164A3 (en
Inventor
Denise Faustman
Original Assignee
The General Hospital Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The General Hospital Corporation filed Critical The General Hospital Corporation
Priority to JP2004549847A priority Critical patent/JP2005535732A/en
Priority to AU2003247840A priority patent/AU2003247840A1/en
Priority to EP14189654.8A priority patent/EP2853588B1/en
Priority to EP03762242A priority patent/EP1539933A4/en
Priority to CA002489376A priority patent/CA2489376A1/en
Publication of WO2004003164A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004003164A2/en
Publication of WO2004003164A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004003164A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/02Bacterial antigens
    • A61K39/04Mycobacterium, e.g. Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/26Lymph; Lymph nodes; Thymus; Spleen; Splenocytes; Thymocytes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/28Bone marrow; Haematopoietic stem cells; Mesenchymal stem cells of any origin, e.g. adipose-derived stem cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/30Nerves; Brain; Eyes; Corneal cells; Cerebrospinal fluid; Neuronal stem cells; Neuronal precursor cells; Glial cells; Oligodendrocytes; Schwann cells; Astroglia; Astrocytes; Choroid plexus; Spinal cord tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/37Digestive system
    • A61K35/39Pancreas; Islets of Langerhans
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/44Vessels; Vascular smooth muscle cells; Endothelial cells; Endothelial progenitor cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/177Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • A61K38/1774Immunoglobulin superfamily (e.g. CD2, CD4, CD8, ICAM molecules, B7 molecules, Fc-receptors, MHC-molecules)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/18Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • A61K38/1858Platelet-derived growth factor [PDGF]
    • A61K38/1866Vascular endothelial growth factor [VEGF]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/191Tumor necrosis factors [TNF], e.g. lymphotoxin [LT], i.e. TNF-beta
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A61P5/16Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4 for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the thyroid hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the invention relates to repairing and regenerating damaged tissue in a human. Such damage may result from an existing autoimmune disease, or may be the result of a non-autoimmune insult.
  • autoimmune disease may result from an existing autoimmune disease, or may be the result of a non-autoimmune insult.
  • eliminating autoimmune cells and re-educating the immune system are important components of an effective treatment of an autoimmune disease (described in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 09/521,064, 09/768,769, and Ryu et al., Journal of Clinical Investigations, "Reversal of Established Autoimmune Diabetes by Restoration of Endogenous Beta Cell Function," 108:31-33, 2001), which are hereby incorporated by reference). While an autoimmune disease may be successfully treated, the individual may nonetheless have significant tissue damage as a result ofthe prior autoimmune attack.
  • the isogeneic islets were transplanted into non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice with active diabetes, which were pre-treated with TNF-alpha (tumor necrosis factor-alpha); BCG (Bacillus Clamette-Guerin, an attenuated strain of mycobacterium bovis); or CFA (Complete Freund's Adjuvant), which is an inducer of TNF-alpha (Rabinovitch et al., J. Immunol. 159:6298-6303, 1997).
  • TNF-alpha tumor necrosis factor-alpha
  • BCG Bacillus Clamette-Guerin, an attenuated strain of mycobacterium bovis
  • CFA Complete Freund's Adjuvant
  • islet transplantation has achieved limited success in clinical trials, ' such as that observed for allogenic transplants combined with multi-drug immunosuppression therapy, with type 1 diabetic patients having a sustained return to normoglycemia over a 6 month period.
  • results have been obtained with continuous, and sometimes toxic, drug therapy, often in the setting of a simultaneous life-saving renal transplant.
  • these moderately successful islet transplants show failures after about one year, speculated to be due in part to the drug therapy itself inducing insulin resistance.
  • the invention features methods for organ regeneration in a mammal (e.g., a human patient). Accordingly, in a first aspect, the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal (i) who has injured or damaged cells of the predetermined type or who has a deficiency of cells ofthe predetermined type (e.g., a mammal with a lower than normal number of these cells or a mammal lacking these cells) and (ii) who does not have an autoimmune disease.
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that induces lymphopenia and that increases the number of cells ofthe predetermined cell type in the animal.
  • the composition activates a receptor on the surface of cells ofthe predetermined cell type or on the surface of precursor cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined cell type in the mammal.
  • the method also includes administering cells ofthe predetermined cell type to the mammal, desirable embodiments, the method includes administering cells that recapitulate a developmental sequence (e.g., endoderm with mesoderm; endoderm with ectoderm; or ectoderm with mesoderm to promote the regeneration of the tissue of interest).
  • the method also includes administering precursor cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined cell type to the mammal.
  • the method also includes inducing damage to the cells of a predetermined type in the mammal or inducing damage in a site of the mammal in which cells ofthe predeteraiined type are desirable.
  • damage can be induced in cells ofthe predetermined type or cells of another type within 10 inches, 5 inches, 1 inch, 10 cm, 5 cm, 1 cm, 10 mm, or 1 mm ofthe location in which cells ofthe predetermined type are desirable.
  • the invention features a method for treating or stabilizing an established auto nmune disease in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, (b) repeating step (a) one or more times, and (c) optionally monitoring the glucose level in the mammal two or more times.
  • the method also includes administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the first composition prior to step (a).
  • the invention features another method for treating or stabilizing an established autoimmune disease in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood ; cells in the mammal, (b) repeating step (a) one or more times, and (c) optionally maintaining the blood glucose level in the mammal within a normal range;
  • the method also includes administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the first composition prior to step (a).
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease) and/or increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • an autoimmune disease e.g., an established autoimmune disease
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type.
  • the method includes determining, prior to step (a), whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of blood. cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease) and or increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with steps (a) or (b), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that
  • the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the first composition; if this is the case, the decision to employ the first composition is reinforced. In another embodiment, prior to step (b), the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the second composition; if this is the case, the decision to employ the second composition is reinforced.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease).
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease).
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease).
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation, of blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo.
  • the precursor cells are stem cells and step (a) is performed prior to step (b).
  • non-islet cells are administered for the treatment or prevention of
  • the method also involves regulating blood sugar levels in diabetic patients using, e.g., a glucose clamp or administered insulin.
  • a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the patient.
  • the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells of blood origin or endothelial origin, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the patient has an autoimmune disease (e.g., diabetes) or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease.
  • a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells i ⁇ i) the patient.
  • the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells of blood origin or of endothelial, mesoderm or ectodermic origin, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that promotes or recapitulates the embryonic program of cellular differentiation in the host.
  • the method includes administering to the mammal a proteasome activity-promoting substance, such as gamma interferon.
  • the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases Flk or Fit expression or function.
  • Examples include TNF- ⁇ , IL-l ⁇ , HAT, or NF- ⁇ B induction, or cAMP inhibition, using agents known to achieve these functions.
  • Other examples include stimulation of AP-2, EGF-1, Spl, AP-1, NFkB, ' GATA stimulation with the induction of PECAM-1, activator ⁇ rotein-2, CT-rich Spl binging activity, PDGF-A, PDGF-B, monocyte chemoattractant proteih-1, TF, Etsl, SCL/Tal-1, FGF, HATs P/CAF, CBP/p300 and HIF-2alpha (HRF, EPAS, HLF).
  • the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases VEGF, VEGF1, VEGF2, VEGFiR, or VEGF2R expression or function, such as a VEGF polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a VEGF polypeptide or substance that activates the promoter of a VEGF protein receptor.
  • VEGF polypeptides include full-length VEGF proteins, as well as biologically active VEFG fragments. These agents are in some cases preferred for mesoderm/endodermal activation for differentiation.
  • host treatment with PDGF or PDGF-BB can desirably be included in the method.
  • PDGF or PDGF-BB can desirably be included in the method.
  • FGF and/or IGF-1 can be desirable.
  • promotion of regeneration can in some instances be accomplished using just one agent, or with two or more agents, administered with or without pluripotent cells.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75% > , ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
  • the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal with an autoimmune disease or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease.
  • This method involves administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo or that promote proliferation of endogenous cells of the predetermined type in vivo.
  • the differentiated cell(s) will eventually present MHC class I and peptide, and the MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the mammal.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells ofthe predetermined type, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a) administering to the mammal a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells , in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method prior to step (a), includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered.
  • the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered.
  • the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
  • the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo, and (b)'prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with higher than normal' sensitivity to the composition to be administered.
  • the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration of the composition.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal.
  • This method (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably 75%, of a first subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably 75%, of a second subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal.
  • the first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are either partially overlapping subpopulations or non-overlapping subpopulations. Desirably, first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are in different stages of differentiation. In some embodiments, the first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are in different stages ofthe cell cycle. In various embodiments, the firs', subpopulation and the second subpopulation are sensitive to different inducers of cell death. In some embodiments, the first subpopulation and the second subpopulation undergo cell death through different pathways. In particular embodiments, one subpopulation undergoes cell death through apoptosis and the other subpopulation undergoes cell death through necrosis. In some embodiments, the patient has arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis).
  • arthritis e.g., rheumatoid arthritis
  • a patient with arthritis is not administered any cells.
  • the patient is administered chondrocytes or cells that differentiate into chondrocytes.
  • the patient has injured or damaged cells of a predetermined cell type.
  • the method also involves administering to the patient one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type.
  • the cells can be administered prior to, after, or concurrently with the administration ofthe first and/or second compositions.
  • the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal.
  • This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%>, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal.
  • the mammal has injured or damaged cells of a predetermined cell type.
  • the method involves administering to the mammal one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells of the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type.
  • the invention in another aspect, a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a human patient.
  • This method involves inducing damage or uncovering endogenous damage (e.g., damage that promotes engraftment of transplanted cells) to the cells of a predetermined type in the patient.
  • Endogenous damage can be measured using, e.g., blood tests, (e.g., liver function tests, tests for glucose levels, neurologic tests, or blood cell tests), visual or radiographic tests, or functional tests.
  • a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells is administered to a patient, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in- the patient.
  • a second composition that kills stimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the patient.
  • one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type cells are administered to the patient.
  • the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type, for example, pancreas cells that produce insulin, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, chondrocytes, or skin cells, in a human patient who has injured or damaged cells or a deficiency of cells of the predetermined type.
  • a predetermined type for example, pancreas cells that produce insulin, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, chondrocytes, or skin cells
  • This method includes (a) administering to the patient MHC class I and peptide (e.g., soluble 'MHC class I and peptide or MHC class I and peptide present on the surface ' of a cell); (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the patient cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type; and (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (b), inducing transient lymphopenia in the patient or in a blood sample from the patient that is re-administered to the patient.
  • MHC class I and peptide e.g., soluble 'MHC class I and peptide or MHC class I and peptide present on the surface ' of a cell
  • steps (a) and (b) are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class 1 and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type.
  • the invention features another method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a human patient.
  • This method involves (a) identifying endogenous damage of or inducing damage to the cells of a predetermined type in the patient, (b) exposing the patient to MHC class I and peptide, (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (b), administering to the patient cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type, and (d) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (c), inducing transient lymphopenia in the patient or in a blood sample from the patient that is re-administered to the patient.
  • steps (b) and (c) are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class I and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type.
  • the methods include administering to the mammal a cell (e.g., an endothelial cell or mesenchymal cell) that promotes proliferation ofthe precursor cells or cells ofthe predetermined cell type at the site of desired regeneration, or a cell that can itself differentiate into the predetermined cell type.
  • the methods also include administering a cytokine, chemokine, or growth factor to the mammal.
  • the methods also can include the pretreatment of mesenchymal or endothelial cell precursors with a cytokine, chemokine, or growth factor prior to their administration to the mammal.
  • exemplary cells of the predetermined type are islet cells that produce insulin, blood cells, spleen cells, chondrocytes, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, endoderm cells, mesoderm cells, mesenchymal cells, cells of mesenchymal origin, and skin cells.
  • Desirable cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined type in vivo are splenocytes, bone marrow derived cells, Hoechs't 33342 positive cells, brain cells, CNS positive cells, hepatocytes, mesenchymal cells, mesodermal cells, endothelial cells, mural cells, and fetal cells, ⁇ n some embodiments, the cells that differentiate into cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo axe semi-allogeneic or isogeneic. In various embodiments, the cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined type in vivo fail to express Fas or FasL. Desirable blood cells are T-cells, B-cells, or macrophages.
  • Mesenchymal cells that are derived from the blood, spleen, or bone marrow and defined as Hox 11 + , CD90 + , Flk low , CD34 " , or CD45 + are highly desirable.
  • Other desirable cells are cells that do not, at the time they are administered, express MHC class I and peptide, but which have the capacity to do so in vivo post-transplantation, e.g., by stimulation with the appropriate antigens.
  • the MHC class I and peptide are semi-allogeneic or isogeneic.
  • the composition is a compound that crosslinks or binds to a T-cell receptor (TCR) or other surface protein on a T-cell.
  • TCR T-cell receptor
  • the composition is TNF-alpha, a TNF-alpha agonist, or a TNF- alpha inducing substance.
  • the composition binds or activates a death receptor.
  • TNF-alpha inducing substances include Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA), ISS-ODN, microbial adjuvants, such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin, E.
  • coli heat labile enterotoxin complexed with lecithin vesicles ISCOMS-immune stimulating complexes, chemical adjuvants, such as polyethylene glycol and poly(N-2-(hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide), synthetic oligonucleotides containing CpG or CpA motifs, lipid A derivatives, such as monop'hosphoryl lipid A, MPL, muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Bacillus Clamette- Guerin (BCG), Tissue Plasminogen Activator (TPA), lipopolysaccharide (LPS), Interleukin-1 (IL-1), Interleukin-2 (IL-2), UV light, lymphotoxin, cachectin, a transcription factor-like nuclear regulator-2 (TNFR-2) agonist, a neutral blocking antibody to a B-lymphocyte stimulator (BLyS) receptor or soluble protein, an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway, aNFxB inducing substance
  • the method includes administering to the mammal a proteasome activity promoting substance, such as gamma interferon.
  • the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases Flk or Fit expression or function. Examples include TNF- ⁇ , IL-l ⁇ , HAT, or NF- ⁇ B induction, or cAMP inhibition.
  • the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases VEGF, VEGF1, VEGF2, VEGF1R, or VEGF2R expression or function, such as a VEGF polypeptide, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a VEGF polypeptide, or a substance that activates a promoter ofthe VEGF receptor.
  • the method includes administering to the mammal an inhibitor of Fas or FasL expression or signaling.
  • the method includes maintaining the blood glucose level in the mammal within a normal range.
  • bone marrow cells or precursor (or pluripotent) cells e.g., cord blood cells
  • pluripotent cells e.g., cord blood cells
  • the composition that kills naive T-cells is MHC class I and peptide, and the MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the patient.
  • the MHC class I and peptide is soluble MHC class I and peptide or MHC class I and peptide present on the surface of a cell.
  • the administration of cells and the administration of MHC class I and peptide to kills na ⁇ ve T-cells are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class I and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are of the predetermined type.
  • the composition that kills pathologic T-cells ' is a compound (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment, cytokine, lymphokine, small molecule antagonist, T-cell mitogen, or co- receptor) that crosslinks a T-cell receptor (TCR) of na ⁇ ve T-cells (e.g., na ⁇ ve T- cells that might otherwise develop into autoimmune T-cells or pathologic cells that die if bound by an antibody or agonist).
  • TCR T-cell receptor
  • the compound that kills a subpopulation of na ⁇ ve T-cells is not BCG or is not FAS.
  • the compound that kills a subpopulation of T-cells is BCG, FAS, or a compound that modulates a protein kinase.
  • An exemplary compound that selectively kills an undesired subpopulation of na ⁇ ve T- cells is ⁇ -CD3 antibody, a selective TCR stimulant.
  • Examples of methods for the re-selection of na ⁇ ve/unstimulated T cells include the direct killing ofthe disease- causing T cells, direct killing ofthe monocyte/macrophage antigen presenting cell with deficient MHC class I and self peptide (for example, BCG), and the re- introduction of cells correctly presenting MHC class I and self peptide fragments.
  • the mammal has an autoimmune disease or an increas d risk for an autoimmune disease.
  • Exemplary autoimmune diseases include Alopecia Areata, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Autoimmune Addison's Disease, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Behcet's Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Celiac Sprue- Dermatitis, Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, CREST Syndrome, Cold Agglutmin Disease, Crohn's Disease, Discoid Lupus, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia, Fibromyalgia- Fibromyositis, Graves' Disease, Guillain-Barre, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Hypothyroidism, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy
  • any metabolic disorder that is due to the injury or damage ofthe cells of a predetermined type or due to the autoimmune disease is controlled.
  • the mammal has an ejstablished autoimmune disease (e.g., the mammal has symptoms ofthe autoimmune disease).
  • the mammal does not have an established autoimmune disease.
  • the mammal does not have cancer or AIDS.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • MHC class I and peptide can be administered either simultaneously
  • MHC class I molecules that each contain a different allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the patient are administered to the patient.
  • MHC class I and peptide are administered in an amount sufficient to induce tolerance to the donor cells or to the cells ofthe predetermined type.
  • the number of the autoimmune cells in the patient e.g., B-cells that produce a self-reacting antibody or T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes
  • MHC class I and peptide are administered to the patient by administering cells that express MHC class I and peptide and that either have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or are ofthe predetermined cell type.
  • a population of living or dead (e.g., irradiated) cells that express MHC class I which has at least one allele that matches an allele expressed by the patient and which presents a peptide are administered to the patient, and another population of cells that differ from the first population of cells and have the potential to differentiate into the predete ⁇ riined type or are ofthe predetermined cell type are administered to the patient.
  • This latter population of cells may or may not present MHC class I and peptide, and, if expressed, the MHC class I may or may not contain one or more alleles that match that ofthe patient.
  • two populations of cells each with a different MHC class I that matches an allele expressed by the patient are administered.
  • a complex of MHC class I and peptide is formed by incubating an extracellular region of MHC class I (e.g., a soluble Fab fragment) with one or more peptides (e.g., peptides from a cell lysate or a library of random peptides, synthetic peptides, or naturally-occurring peptides).
  • MHC class I binds peptides with high affinity
  • the soluble MHC class I fragment binds peptides in solution.
  • complexes of MHC class I and peptide are cleaved from MHC class I-expressing cells (e.g., healthy lymphocytes with at least one MHC class I allele that matches that of the patient) using, e.g., a protease.
  • cells that express MHC class I which may not be complexed with peptide due to potential problems with assembly, are isolated from the patient.
  • a fragment ofthe MHC class I is cleaved from the cells and incubated with one or more peptides, and the resulting complex of MHC class I and peptide is administered to the same patient from which the cells were obtained or to a different patient.
  • lymphopenia is induced by administering to the patient an agent that is nonspecific, i.e., an agent that is toxic to lymphocytes generally, rather than targeting a particular subset of lymphocytes or lymphopenia due to new cellular distributions.
  • agents that are nonspecific i.e., an agent that is toxic to lymphocytes generally, rather than targeting a particular subset of lymphocytes or lymphopenia due to new cellular distributions.
  • inducers of lymphopenia are TNF-alpha and substances that induce TNF-alpha, e.g., Complete Freund's Adjuvant ("CFA"), ISS-ODN, microbial adjuvants, such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin, E.
  • CFA Complete Freund's Adjuvant
  • ISS-ODN ISS-ODN
  • microbial adjuvants such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E.
  • coli heat labile enterotoxin complexed with lecithin vesicles ISCOMS-immune stimulating complexes, chemical adjuvants, such as polyethylene glycol and poly(N-2-(hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide), synthetic oligonucleotides containing CpG or CpA motifs, lipid A derivatives, such as monophosphoryl lipid A, MPL, muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Bacillus Clamette- Guerin (“BCG”), other vaccinations, Tissue Plasminogen Activator (“TPA”), lipopolysaccharide (“LPS”), Interleukin- 1, Interleukin-2, UV light, lymphotoxin, cachectin, a TNFR-2 agonist, a NFKB inducing substance, lymphotoxin, cachectin, IRF-1, STAT1, an agonist of an ICS-21gAS promoter element, or the combination of TNF-alpha and a TNFR-1 antibody.
  • inducers of lymphqpenia can specifically kill a subpopulation of blood cells (e.g., a subpopulation of T-cells) if administering in a dose that is sufficient to specifically kill the subpopulation but not sufficient to nonspecifically kill all blood cells.
  • a subpopulation of blood cells e.g., a subpopulation of T-cells
  • autoimmune patients have subpopulations of blood cells with increased sensitivity to cell death: thus, low dose of these compounds are required to kill these cells.
  • non-specific lymphopenia e.g., such as the treatment of mammals without an autoimmune disease
  • larger doses can be administered.
  • a nonspecific agent can also be an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway, e.g., NFKB, Jun N-terminal kinase ("J K' , TRAILR2, FasL, TRADD, FADD, TRAF2, RIP, MAPK, kinase activators, a caspase, or pro-caspase.
  • Stimulation of a signaling pathway may involve, e.g., receptors ofthe TNF superfamily or intracellular mediators of these pathways.
  • compounds that induce lymphopenia include compounds that bind or activate one or more members ofthe TNF receptor superfamily (e.g., TNF receptor 1 or 2, Trail-Rl, Trail-R2, Trail-R3, Trail-R4, OPG, Rank, Fnl4, DR6, Hvem, LtbetaR, DcR3, Tramp, Fas, CD40, CD30,
  • TNF receptor 1 or 2 Trail-Rl, Trail-R2, Trail-R3, Trail-R4, OPG, Rank, Fnl4, DR6, Hvem, LtbetaR, DcR3, Tramp, Fas, CD40, CD30,
  • Therapeutic agents can include TNF receptor superfamily cytokine agonist;, or cytokine agonist antibodies. Additional compounds that directly or indirectly increase TNF-alpha can be readily identified using routine screening assays for TNF-alpha expression levels or activity. Desirably, an inducer of lymphopenia also promotes organ formation, promotes differentiation of donor cells (e.g., blood cells) into a desired cell type, and/or induces damage to host cells of a predetermined cell type to facilitate incorporation of donor cells into the desired organ.
  • donor cells e.g., blood cells
  • transient lymphopenia is induced for a period of time sufficient to destroy at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe autoimmune cells in the patient (e.g., B-cells that produce a self- reacting antibody, T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes, or a subset of antigen presenting cells with defective antigen presentation).
  • that agent that kills naive T-cells is not BCG or FAS.
  • one or more of the following TNF super family ligands are administered to the mammal or are upregulated by administration of another compound to the mammal: Trail(Apo2L), RANKL, TWEAK, TNF, LT, LIGHT, LT, TL1A, FASL, CD40L, CD30L, CD27L, CD27L, 4-lBBL(CD137L), OX40L(CD134L), GITRL, APRIL, BAFF, EDA1, or EDA2.
  • one or more ofthe following TNF ⁇ superfamily receptors are activated by administration of a compound to the mammal: TRAIL-R1(DR4), TRAIL-R2(DR5), TRAIL-R3(DCR1), TRAIL-R4(DCR2), OPG, RANK, RN14, DR6, THF-R2(CD120B), TNF-Rl (CD 120A), FVEM, LIBETAR, DCR3, TRAMP(DR3), FAS(CD95), CD40, CD30, CD27, 4-lBB(CD137), CD 134 OX40), GITR, NGFR, BCMA, TACI, B AFFR, EDAR, XEDAR, TROY, or RELT.
  • one or more ofthe following members of death cascades are activated: FASL(CD95L:CD178) with FAS (CD95), TRA ⁇ L (APO-2L) with TRAIL-R1(DR4), TRAIL(APO2L) with TRAIL R2(DR5), or TNF with TNFR1.
  • one or more of the following are administered to the mammal: IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-18, INF-alpha, IFN-be-a, IFN-gamma, TFG-beta, PDGF, and/or VEGF.
  • TLR1, TLR2, TLR6, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, and/or TLR9 is desirably administered.
  • TNF superfamily members and their receptor agonists include TRAIL-R1, TRAIL-R2, TRAIL-R3, TRAIL-R4, OPG, RANK.- Fnl4, DR6, TNF-R2, TNF-Rl, HVEM, LtbetaR, DcR3, TRAMP, Fas, CD30, CD27, 4-1BB, OX40, GITR, NGFR, BCMA, TACI, EDAR, XEDAR, Troy, and RELT.
  • Biologies of diverse compositions such as BCG, BLP, fibronectin Domain A, lipoarabinomannan, LPS binding protein, LPS, lipoteichoic acid, macrophage stimulatory lipopeptide 2, manosylated phospbatidylinositol peptidoglycan, respiratory syncytial virus protein F, and soluble tuberculosis factor may also be administered, if desired.
  • the cells can be cells that, compared to the desired functional cells, are relatively undifferentiated; i.e., they can be stem cells derived, e.g., from embryonic or fetal tissue, from adult stem cell sources, from adult tissues harboring a subset of pluripotent cells, or from cord blood.
  • stem cells derived e.g., from embryonic or fetal tissue, from adult stem cell sources, from adult tissues harboring a subset of pluripotent cells, or from cord blood.
  • the administered cells can be relatively more differentiated cells, e.g., cells that stain positively for the stain Hoechst 33342 which stains the nucleus of immature hematopoietic cells; brain-derived cells; cells derived from non-brain CNS tissue (e.g., spinal cord); hepatocytes; chondrocytes; splenocytes; bone marrow-derived cells; cells of blood or lymphoid origin; or parenchymal cells.
  • the administered cells are not islets, not beta cells, or not insulin- producing beta cells.
  • cells other than the predetermined cell type are administered to the patient and form the predetermined cell type in vivo.
  • cells other than islets are administered to the patient and form insulin-producing islets in vivo.
  • the cells are administered to the same human from which they were obtained or to another human.
  • donor cells from other mammals can be used.
  • Exemplary donor mammalian cells are from pigs or primates such as monkeys.
  • patients e.g., patients without an autoimmune disease
  • cells that have been genetically engineered e.g.
  • Fas, FasL, or caspases by elimination of genes encoding cell death proteins such as Fas, FasL, or caspases), chemically pre-treated, or biologically pre-treated (e.g., treated with an antibody or antibody fragment reactive with Fas or FasL) to exhibit reduced resistance to spontaiieous cell death.
  • a compound that decreases the expression level or activity of Fas or FasL is administered to the donor cells or to the host.
  • the cells are allogeneic, semi-allogeneic, or isogeneic.
  • Exemplary MHC class I-expressing cells that can be used in the invention include monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, B -cells, Langerhans cells, epithelial cells, mesenchymal cells, and parenchymal cells.
  • Other cells express MHC class I at lower levels and can also be used in the present methods. Desirably, at least 20, 40, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe administered cells express MHC class I complexed with peptide.
  • cells present MHC class 1 and peptide before and after they are administered to the patient: hi other embodiments, cells present MHC class 1 and peptide only after they are administered to the patient. In some cases, the cells differentiate in vivo into cells that present MHC class 1 and peptide.
  • one or more death receptors are inactivated on the donor cells or one or more intracellular signaling proteins that mediate cell death are inactivated in the donor cell to prevent death ofthe transplanted cells.
  • FLIP can be used to down regulate Fas/FasL expression.
  • extracellular inhibition or reduction in IL2 e.g., inhibition due to chemicals or antibodies is used to upregulate FLIP which then down regulates FAS.
  • the donor cells have a blockage of IL2R, such as the binding of a chemical (e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment) to IL2R to inhibit binding of IL2 to IL2R and thus IL2-mediated upregulation of FAS.
  • a chemical e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment
  • one or more members ofthe tracellular pathway for FAS activation are inhibited in the donor cells prior to transfer. Examples include the inhibition ofthe translation of transcription factors such as cFOS, cJAN, PKC, Lck, Za ⁇ 70, MAPK, Itk (IL-2 inducible T cell kinase) and JNK.
  • the transcription or translation of transcription factors is transiently inhibited with antisense oligonucleotides or by RNA interference (RNAi).
  • the number of functional cells maintained according to the invention can be increased by further treating the patient with a substance that increases proteasome activity; this treatment can specifically increase the immuno- proteasome subunits LMP2, LMP7, and LMP10, rendering the cells or host more responsive to the growth promoting activities of VEGF pathways or NFKB pathways, which are important for cellular regeneration.
  • Administration of the proteasome-enhancing substance can be carried out at any time during the method ofthe invention; e.g., prior to or following the administration ofthe cells and/or MHC class I and peptide; or prior to or following induction of transient lymphopenia.
  • the proteasome activity-increasing substance can be, e.g., gamma interferon; VEGF or a substance that increases VEGF level or activity, such as a nucleic acid molecule encoding VEGF or an active fragment thereof; fetal liver kinase l /kinase domain region (Flk-1/KDR) or a substance that increases Flk level oi activity; or fms-like tyrosine kinase- 1 (Flt-1) or a substance that increases Fit level or activity.
  • VEGF or a substance that increases VEGF level or activity, such as a nucleic acid molecule encoding VEGF or an active fragment thereof
  • Flk-1/KDR fetal liver kinase l /kinase domain region
  • Flk-1 fms-like tyrosine kinase- 1
  • Additional proteasome activity-increasing substances include compounds that inhibit the expression or signaling of Fas or FasL (e.g., an anti- Fas or anti-FasL antibody) and/or promote the viability of endogenous or exogen usly administered pluripotent cells.
  • Fas or FasL e.g., an anti- Fas or anti-FasL antibody
  • the number of cells ofthe desired cell type that are present at least one day, one week, one month, or one year after treatment using the methods ofthe invention increases by at least 20, 30, 50, 75, 100, 200, 500, or even 1000% relative to the number of cells of that cell type that are present in the patient before vxeatment or the number of cells present in a control subject (e.g., a subject who received a vehicle control or a placebo).
  • the number of cells ofthe desired cell type in a treated patient is at least 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100% ofthe amount ofthe corresponding cells in a healthy patient without a deficiency in those cells.
  • cells of donor origin are present in the patient at least one day, one week, one month, or one year after treatment.
  • diabetic patients that are treated using the present methods desirably contain cells of donor origin in their pancreas after treatment.
  • the methods ofthe invention are used to treat damage or deficiency of cells in an organ, muscle, or other body structure or to form ar. organ, muscle, or other body structure.
  • Desirable organs include the bladder, brain, nervous system tissue, blood vessels, skin, eye structures, gut, bone, muscle, ligament, esophagus, fallopian tube, heart, pancreas, intestines, gallbladder, kidney, liver, lung, ovaries, prostate, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, testes, thymus, thyroid, trachea, ureter, stomach, urethra, and uterus.
  • donor differentiated cells such as cells from any of these organs, or undifferentiated cells, such as embryonic or adult stem cells, are administered to a patient.
  • a pancreas is regenerated, or the organelle representing the islets of Langerhans reappears.
  • the organ, muscle, or other body structure that is repaired or replaced was damaged, at least in part, due to the aging process.
  • at least 20, 40, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe cells ofthe regenerated organ e.g., the bile ducts, endocrine portions ofthe pancreas, or the entire pancreas
  • muscle, or other body structure are of donor origin.
  • the precursor cells are provided in a female by pregnancy.
  • the methods ofthe invention can be used to treat, prevent, or stabilize autoimmune diseases and diseases or conditions other than autoimmune diseases, such as diseases or injuries associated with damage to a particular class of cells.
  • these method may be used to treat, prevent, or stabilize autoimmune diseases including, but not limited to, Insulin dependent Diabetes, lupus, Sjogren's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, hypothyroidism, graves disease, psoriasis, premature ovarian failure (POF), and myasth nia gravis.
  • autoimmune diseases including, but not limited to, Insulin dependent Diabetes, lupus, Sjogren's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, hypothyroidism, graves disease, psoriasis, premature ovarian failure (POF), and myasth nia gravis.
  • Other examples of autoimmune diseases are described herein.
  • insulin-producing islet cells e.g., islet cells expressing MHC class I + hat has at least one allele that matches the patient and that presents a peptide
  • cells that differentiate into insulin-producing islet cells in vivo e.g., cells originating from splenocytes, bone marrow origin cells, blood origin cells, or fibroblasts
  • the patient's glucose level decreases to less than 200 mg/dl, 150 mg/dl, or 120 mg/dl (in order of increasing preference).
  • Examples of other medical applications for these methods include the administration of neuronal cells or cells that differentiate into neuronal cells to an appropriate area in the human nervous system to treat, prevent, or stabilize a neurological disease such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, or ALS; or a spinal cord injury.
  • a neurological disease such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, or ALS
  • degenerating or injured neuronal cells may be replaced by transplanted cells.
  • Undifferentiated donor ⁇ ells maybe administered, e.g., systemically or locally.
  • a compound that inhibits the destruction of stem cells by an administered inducer of lymphopenia is desirably administered to the patient.
  • inducer of lymphopenia e.g., TNF-alpha
  • examples of such compounds include anti-Fas antibodies.
  • stem cells or cells that form stem cells in vivo axe administered to the patient after the administration ofthe inducer of lymphopenia or lymphoid redistribution (e.g., after the destruction of endogenous autoimmune cells, such as after 7-14 days of lymphopenia).
  • the administration of one or more compounds e.g., purified or unpurified donor cells, MHC class I and peptide, and an inducer of lymphopenia
  • administration of one or more compounds e.g., purified or unpurified donor cells, MHC class I and peptide, and an inducer of lymphopenia
  • the present invention contemplates all modes of administration, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intravesicular, intraarticular, intrales ⁇ onal, subcutaneous, or any other route sufficient to provide a dose adequate to increase the number of desired cells.
  • the compound(s) may be administered to the patient in a single dose or multiple doses.
  • the doses may be separated from one another by, for exampb, one day, one week, one month, or one year.
  • a compound that induces lymphopenia may be administered once a week for, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 15, 20, or more weeks. It is to be understood that, for any particular subject: specific dosage regimes should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions.
  • the dosage of donor cells can be increased if more cells of a particular cell type are needed, e.g., if the glucose levels of a diabetic patient have not returned to normal or if an ongoing process decreases the number or activity of cells ofthe predetermined cell typ.e.
  • the dosage of a compound that induces lymphopenia can also be increased if autoimmune cells remain in the patient, for example, if a blood sample from the patient contains autoantibodies or contains cells with increased sensit ity to TNF-alpha, indicating that autoimmune cells are still present in the patient.
  • the dosage of donor cells or lymphopenia-inducing compounds can be decreased if a desired number of cells are present in the patient or if autoimmune cells are no longer present.
  • conventional treatments may be used in combination with the therapies of the present invention. For example, diet and exercise can be used to facilitate the control of glucose levels in diabetic patients.
  • Other embodiments of the present methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application
  • treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition is meant preventing or delaying an initial or subsequent occurrence of a disease, disorder, or condition; increasing the disease-free survival time between the disappearance of a condition and its reoccurrence; stabilizing or reducing an adverse symptom associated with a condition; reducing the severity of a disease symptom; slowing the rate ofthe progression of a disease; or inhibiting or stabilizing the progression of a condition.
  • at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 90, or 95% ofthe treated subjects have a complete remission in which all evidence ofthe disease disappears.
  • the length of time a patient remains free of disease symptoms after being diagnosed with a condition and treated with a therapy ofthe invention is at least 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200, or even 500% > greater than (i) the average amount of time an untreated patient remains free of disease symptoms or (ii) the average amount of time a patient treated with another therapy remains free of disease symptoms.
  • the number of disease-causing white blood cells decreases by at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 95, or 100%.
  • autoimmune disease is meant a disease in which an immune system response is generated against self epitopes.
  • Some examples of autoimmune diseases include Alopecia Areata, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Autoimmune Addison's Disease, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Behcet's Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Celiac Sprue-Dermatitis, Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, CREST Syndrome, Cold Agglutinin Disease, Crohn's Disease, Discoid Lupus, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia,
  • Fibromyalgia-Fibromyositis Graves' Disease, Guillain-Barre, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Hypothyroidism, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy, Insulin dependent Diabetes, Juvenile Arthritis, Lichen Planus, Lupus, Meniere's Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Pemphigus Vulgaris, Pernicious Anemia, Polyarteritis Nodosa, Polychondritis, Polyglandular Syndromes, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Primary Agammaglobulinemia, Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, Psoriasis, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reiter's Syndrome, Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatoid
  • MHC class I and peptide is commonly understood to refer to the MHC/peptide complex as it is naturally presented on the surface of a cell in connection with the normal functioning ofthe immune system. Cytoplasmic antigens are processed into peptides by cytoplasmic proteases and the proteasome, a multioatalytic proteinase complex associated with the Lmp2, Lmp7, and LmplO protein. As used herein, the term “MHC class I and peptide” includes such naturally occurring complexes, and in addition includes peptides that differ from native antigen-derived peptides but which are nonetheless able to form a complex with class I that is effective to maintain functional cells according to the invention.
  • Exemplary peptides that differ from native antigen-derived peptides may contain unnatural amino acids, e.g., D-amino acids, as well as naturally- occurring amino acids.
  • Preferred MHC class I and peptide complexes are those in which a cham of amino acids between 8 and 10 residues in length is correctly complexed with an MHC class I molecule that is either semi-allogeneic, i.e., at least one MHC class I allele is mismatched and at least one MHC class I allele is matched between donor and recipient, or syngeneic, i.e., all MHC class I alleles are matched between donor and recipient, where the MHC class I and peptide complex contributes to the re-education or re-selection ofthe immune system.
  • the MHC class I and peptide are present on the surface of cells that are administered to the patient.
  • Other MHC class I/peptide complexes are soluble complexes that are not expressed on the surface of a cell.
  • the extracellular region of MHC class I e.g., a Fab fragment of MHC class I
  • soluble, full-length MHC class I is incubated with one or more peptides according to known methods under conditions that allow a peptide to bind the MHC class I fragment, and the resulting MHC class I and peptide' complex is administered to the patient.
  • a mixture of MHG class I and peptide are administered to the patient, and the MHC class I and peptide bind in vivo after administration to the patient.
  • the administered MHC class I has 1, 2, 3, or 4 alleles with at least 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, or 100% sequence identity to that MHC class I expressed by the patient.
  • Sequence identity is typically measured using sequence analysis software with the default " parameters specified therein (e.g., Sequence Analysis Software Package of the Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Center, 1710 University Avenue, Madison, WI 53705). This software program matches similar sequences by assigning degrees of homology to various substitutions, deletions, and other modifications.
  • telomere By “functional cell,” is meant cells that carry out their normal in vivo activity.
  • the cells are capable of expressing endogenous self-peptide in the context of MHC class I.
  • predetermined type when used h reference to functional cells, is meant a defined cell type. For example, one skilled in the art may decide to carry out the, method ofthe present invention in order to increase or maintain the number of functional islet cells in the pancreas.
  • the cells of a predetermined type are islet cells or islet precursor cells.
  • Standard assays can be used to determine whether administered cells form cells ofthe predetermined cell type in vivo.
  • cells maybe analyzed for expression of particular proteins (e.g., proteins specific for the predetermined cell type) using standard Western or immunofluorescence analysis or for the expression of particular mRNA molecules (e.g., mRNA molecules specific for the predetermined cell type) using a cDNA array (Ausubel et al. , supra).
  • proteins e.g., proteins specific for the predetermined cell type
  • mRNA molecules e.g., mRNA molecules specific for the predetermined cell type
  • cDNA array e.g., cDNA array
  • si-allogeneic is meant a match of at least one marker, for example, an MHC class allele, between cells ofthe same type from different individuals ofthe same species. Desirably at least two or three MHC class I alleles match between the donor and the host. Standard methods may be used to determine whether an MHC class I allele expressed by a donor cell matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the recipient. For example, antibodies specific for a particular MHC class I allele can be used to determine what alleles are expressed. Alternatively, PCR amplification of nucleic acids encoding MHC class I alleles can be used.
  • 3y "syngeneic donor cell” or “isogeneic donor cell,” is meant (i) a donor cell that is genetically identical, or matched at the HLA region (i.e., has at least four, and preferably all 6, ofthe standard markers in common with), to a cell of the recipient or (ii) a donor cell that is re-administered to the same patient from which it was obtained.
  • a “TNF-alpha inducing agent,” is desirably a compound that results in the expression of endogenous TNF-alpha, enhances secretion of TNF-alpha, or enhances bioavailability or stability of TNF-alpha.
  • TNF-alpha agonists, agents that stimulate TNF-alpha signaling or enhance post-receptor TNF-alpha action, or agents that act on pathways that cause accelerated cell death of autoimmune cells are also included in this definition.
  • Stimulation of TNF- alpha induction e.g., by administration of CFA is desirably carried out prior to, after, oc during administration (via implantation or injection) of cells in vivo.
  • lymphopenia is meant a decrease in the total number of lymphocytes in a blood sample from a mammal. In some embodiments, this decrease is due to death of lymphocytes, such as T-cells, B-cells, and/or macrophages. In certain embodiments, this decrease is due to redistribution of lymphocytes.
  • nonspecific in reference to lymphopenia, is meant a reduction in the total number of lymphocytes in an individual, and is not limited to a subset of lymphocytes.
  • the subpopulation is a subset of T-cells, B-cells, or macrophages.
  • the killed memory T-cells are autoimmune T-cells, i.e., T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes.
  • the killed na ⁇ ve T-cells are cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T- cells.
  • the number of autoimmune T-cells or cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T-cells decreases by at least 25, 50, 100, 200, or 500% more the number of healthy non-autoimmune T-cells decreases. In some embodiments, the number of autoimmune T-cells or cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T-cells decreases by at least 25, 50, 75, 80, 90, 95, or 100%), as measured using standard methods.
  • the T-cells can be killed due to any pathway, such as apoptosis, necrosis, and/or activation induced cell death. Apoptosis can be assayed by detecting caspase-dependent cell shrinkage, condensation of nuclei, or intranuclear degradation of DNA.
  • Necrosis can be recognized by caspase-independent cell swelling, cellular degradation, or release of cytoplasmic material. Necrosis results in late mitochondrial damage but not cytochrome C release.- In some embodiments, memory T-cell are killed by apoptosis, and naive T-cells are killed by necrosis. For the treatment of lupus, B-cells are desirably killed or, alternatively, they are allowed to developmentally mature.
  • stimulated blood cell is meant a blood cell (e.g., a memory T-cell, a B-cell, or a macrophage) that has been exposed to an antigen.
  • unstimulated blood cell is meant a blood cell (e.g., a na ⁇ ve T-cell, a
  • B-cell or a macrophage that has not been exposed to an antigen.
  • pathologic T cell is meant a T cell that is involved, or has the potential to be involved, in an autoimmune response or disorder.
  • Stimulated cells tend to be in later stages of maturation than unstimulated cells, i ⁇ ' active progression through the cell-cycle, and/or involved in infiltrating a diseased or damaged organ or tissue. Unstimulated cells tend to progress through the cell -cycle more slowly or not at all.
  • Memory T-cells tend to express a higher density' of IL-2 receptor (e.g., 10-20% higher density) than na ⁇ ve T-cells.
  • Na ⁇ ve T-cells tend to express a higher density (e.g., a 5-20% higher density) of CD45RB high , CD95, and/or CD62L than memory T-cells.
  • a factor e.g., a protein, small molecule, or cell
  • a factor is substantially pure when it is at least 50%, by weight, free from proteins, antibodies, and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associaied.
  • the factor is at least 75% > , more desirably, at least 90%, and most desirably, at least 99%, by weight, pure.
  • a substantially pure factor may be obtained by chemical synthesis, separation ofthe factor from natural sources, or production ofthe factor in a recombinant host cell that does not naturally produce the factor.
  • Proteins, vesicles, chromosomes, nuclei, other organelles, and cells may be purified by one skilled in the art using standard techniques such as those described by Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000). The factor is desirably at least 2, 5, or 10 times as pure as. the starting material, as measured using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, column chromatography, optical density, HPLC analysis, or western analysis (Ausubel et al, supra).
  • Preferred methods of purification include, immunoprecipitation, column chromatography such as immunoaffinity chromatography, magnetic bead immunoaffinity purification, and panning with a plate-bound antibody.
  • Figure 1 is a table that demonstrates the presence of Y-chromosome positive cells in adult female NOD mouse pancreatic islets with disease reversal.
  • Column 1 and column 2 represent two different female NOD mice with long term correction of their disease defined as the reversal of hyperglycemia followed by regeneration ofthe insulin-secreting cells in the pancreas. All histology sections from each animal were stained by immunohistochemistry and were from consecutively cut specimens. The first row shows the stain ofthe pancreas with insulin antibodies, demonstrating the reappearance of beautiful islets free of disease.
  • the second row demonstrates that Y-chromosome staining ofthe same islet produces punctuate dark pink staining of the Y chromosome only within the islet tissue and associated duct tissue, but not within the associated exocrine portions ofthe pancreas. This result is definitive evidence that the origin ofthe reappe; ⁇ ring islets is the male donor splenocytes.
  • Row 3 is a close-up picture of the associated duct that also shows that the Y cells were not only present in the islet but also populate the duct tissue. The duct was repopulated by the donor cells and is less uniform than the islet repopulation.
  • Figures 2A-2C are graphs demonstrating the percentage of CD8 CD45RB hlgh , CD8 CD62L, and CD8 CD95 cells in mice treated with or without CFA and with or without donor splenocytes.
  • Figures 3 A and 3B are graphs ofthe percent change in the mean antigen density in mice treated with or without CFA and with or without donor splenocytes.
  • Figure 4 is a table demonstrating the ability of multiple doses of TNF- alpha to inhibit insulitis in 20 to 35 week old, diabetic mice.
  • Figure 5 is a list of exemplary death receptors.
  • Figure 6 is list of exemplary inhibitors of cell death that can be used to prevent death of transplanted donor cells or of endogenous healthy cells (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California).
  • An exemplary inhibitor of necrosis is geldanomycin, and an exemplary inhibitor of apoptosis is zVAD-fmk.
  • Figure 7 is a list of standard kits that can be used to measure the level of cell death (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California).
  • Figure 8 is list of exemplary compounds that induce cell death (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California).
  • Figure 9 is a table that summarizes the analysis of splenocytes or PBLs from mice injected biweekly for 40 days with 10 7 donor cells. Fewer cells may also be used in each injection in the present methods, especially if the cells are administered more often and/or for longer.
  • Column "Whole GFP+%>” lists the percentage of splenocytes or PBL cells that are fluorescent, indicating they are of donor origin.
  • Column "H-2kb+GFP+” lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and that express the same class 1 locus as the donor cells.
  • CD3+ + GFP+ lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express CD3, which is only expressed on T-cells.
  • B220+ GFP+ lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express B220, which is only expressed on B-cells.
  • Mac-1 + GFP+ lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express Mac-1, which is only expressed on macrophages.
  • Figure 10 is a table that summarizes characteristics of mice treated with various methods ofthe present invention.
  • TNF- ⁇ low dose refers to a 2 ⁇ g dose of TNF ⁇ .
  • Sp denotes splenocytes
  • Bm denotes bone marrow donor cells.
  • (-)” i dicates no significant difference compared to untreated control mice, "(+) > “ "(++) .
  • " and "(+++)” denote increasing differences (e.g., increased activity or increased number of cells) compared to untreated control mice.
  • Figure 11 is a table summarizing conditions that promote regeneration.
  • the present methods for increasing the number of functional cells of a predetermined cell type in a patient have a number of advantages.
  • the present methods are robust and durable.
  • the methods can be used to replace most or all of an endogenous organ using donor cells ofthe same cell type or of a different cell type as the organ.
  • the methods can also be performed without immunosuppression for nonspecific inactivation or death of autoimmune cells.
  • mice Female NOD mice were obtained from either Taconic Farms (Germ ⁇ ntown, NY) or Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME). C57BL/6J mice were obtained from The Jackson Laboratory. All mice were maintained under pathogen free conditions.
  • NOD mice were screened for the onset of diabetes by monitoring their body weight and blood sugar level.
  • the criteria for diagnosis of diabetes included two consecutive blood sugar concentrations exceeding 400 mg/dl.
  • Mice with blood sugar levels greater than 400 mg/dl were given daily injections of 1.0 to 1.5 units of Neutral Protamine Hagedom (NPH) human insulin for each 100 grams of body weight to prevent immediate death due to hyperglycemia.
  • NPH Neutral Protamine Hagedom
  • Splenocyte donors included normal C57 mice, C57 ⁇ 2 M " " mice whose cells hcve a decreased ability to express MHC class I and peptide on their surface due to trie ablation ofthe chaperone protein ⁇ 2 microglobulin but can express MHC class I and self peptide when exposed to normal mouse serum, C57 ⁇ 2 M ⁇ ' ⁇ TAP _ mice which have a decreased ability to re-express MHC class I and self peptide, and MHC class IT _ mice in which the I-A gene is disrupted and the E locus for MHC class II is not expressed because of endogenous defects in the C57 strain.
  • Splenocytes generally at a dose of 9x 10 6 cells, were injected into some NOD recipients through the tail vein twice a week.
  • TNF-alpha which is commercially available from a variety of vendors including Genentech (South San Francisco, CA), Hoffman-LaRoche (Basel, Switzerland), Boehringer Ingelheim (Germany), Asahi Chemical Industry (Japan), and Sigma- Aldrich (St. Louis, MO), was administered intraperitoneally (1-20 ⁇ g per dose, 2 to 3 times per week) to eliminate autoreactive cells and promote regeneration in the host by recapitulating the embryonic program of blood vessel endothelium, i.e. induction of NF- ⁇ B and/or VEGF.
  • CFA Difco Laboratory, Detroit, MI
  • was mixed with an equal volume of physiological saline and approximately 1-50 ⁇ l were injected into each hind-footpad at the time ofthe islet transplantation or after the first splenocyte injection.
  • islets were isolated from donor C57 mice or 6 to 8 week-old pre-diabetic female NOD mice and served as a glucose clamp and the source of MHC class I and seiz-peptide. Gradient centrifugation followed by manual selection of islets was performed to ensure that both preparations were highly emiched for islets and to accurately detemiine the number of transplanted islets. Approximately 500 to 600 specially selected islets were grafted beneath the left kidney capsule of each diabetic NOD recipient. For islet encapsulation, 900-1100 islets were enclosed in 0.2-0.5 cm diameter alginate spheres that were surgically inserted into the peritoneal cavity of diabetic NOD mice.
  • Transplantation was considered successful if the non-fasting blood glucose concentration returned to normal within 24 hours after surgery.
  • the glucose concentration ofthe recipient's blood was monitored three times a week after transplantation with a Glucometer Elite instrument (Bayer Corp., Pittsburgh, PA). Allografts were considered to have been rejected if the blood glucose concentration increased to more than 250 mg/dl at two monitoring time points. The recipients that rejected allografts were tagged for hist ⁇ logical examination and flow-cytometric studies.
  • pancreatic islets were surgically removed and analyzed. Similarly, islets that had been encapsulated in alginate spheres were removed, as necessary, from the peritoneal cavity after direct localization using a dissecting microscope. Histological analyses ofthe pancreata and allograft were performed by (i) staining with hematoxylin and eosin for evaluation of lymphoid infiltrates and (ii) staining with aldehyde-fuchsin for insulin islet content. The entire pancreas from splenic to duodenal stomach i' attachments was removed, fixed, and subjected to serial sectioning, usually at 10 ⁇ m per section.
  • Example 1 CFA treatment and islet transplantation in NOD mice.
  • Hosts for the transplantation experiments were severely diabetic female NOD mice, usually greater than 20 weeks of age, which exhibited blood glucose concentrations of greater than 400 mg/dl for at least seven days and had been treated by daily administration of insulin for that length of time. Islet transplants were placed unilaterally in the kidney capsule to facilitate non-lethal removal and histological examination. Islets from 6-8 week-old pre-diabetic donor females or from normal C57 donor mice were rapidly rejected by diabetic NOD hosts in all cases, usually by day 9.
  • C57 donor islets with transient ablation of class I survive indefinitely in non-immunosuppressed diabetic and non-autoimmune diabetic hosts, the survival time for ⁇ 2 M ⁇ ' ⁇ C57 islets in diabetic NOD females is only about two to three times that of normal C57 islets. This observation confirms that the ablation ofthe donor cells is related to the current disease, and not related to allograft rejection.
  • CFA treatment prolonged survival of syngeneic islet grafts in diabetic NOD hosts, but had a minimal effect on the survival of C57BL / 6 islets, which were uniformally rejected about 11 days after transplantation.
  • This disruption of autoimmunity is thought to be due, at least in part, to the induction of TNF- alpha by the administered CFA, and the destruction of autoimmune T-cells by the resulting TNF-alpha. Additionally, the expression of MHC class I with an allele that matches the host and peptide by the donor cells induces tolerance by T-cell re-selection perhaps both by necrosis and apoptosis that also prevents destruction ofthe transplanted cells and regenerating organ.
  • the relative contribution of endogenous cells and donor cells to restoring endogenous beta cell activity was measured to determine whether the increase in beta cell activity was a result of endogenous regeneration from host precursor cells or, as demonstrated below, the conversion of donor lymphoid cells or donor islets into hosts islets.
  • the administered donor cells were cells that could become host pancreatic beta cells.
  • Restoration of near normal pancreiitic islet histology was observed only in diabetic NOD mice that received both the ⁇ 2 M "/" allograft and the CFA treatment. Pancreatic islets were not detected in any diabetic NOD mouse treated with CFA and syngeneic NOD islets.
  • the relative contribution ofthe endogenous pancreatic islets was determined by removing the kidney containing the islet transplants after 120 days of normoglycemia from a group of five animals, as well as from a control group that had not received the allograft. All five mice which had received the allograft remained normoglycemic after nephre ⁇ tomy until they were killed 3-60 days later. Histological analysis of kidneys that had not received the graft revealed a complete loss of identifiable islet structures. In contrast, the pancreata for all five allograft recipients contained well-formed islets, either without lymphoid infiltrates or with circuimerentially distributed lymphocytes only. Normoglycemia after nephrectomy was thus maintained solely by endogenous pancreatic islet that we now know had reappeared in the host by both rescue as well as regeneration from endogenous or exogenous sources.
  • a transient interruption of peptide presentation of donor MHC molecules or a transient deficient MHC class I is important for the abrogation of autoimmunity.
  • This transient ablation or decreased MHC class I or permanent presentation of donor MHC class I also appears to be a feature that allows these cells to transform into other cell types.
  • the sustained interruption of this process prevents the re-establishment of tolerance and the restoration of endogenous pancreatic islet integrity.
  • the repeat administration of a normal MHC class I and self peptide or a short lived cell showed similar efficacy.
  • C57 donor cell types other than islets, might serve a therapeutic role.
  • C57 donor cell types other than islets, might serve a therapeutic role.
  • donor lymphoid cells actually transform into insulin secreting beta cells in the host or fuse with damaged cells ofthe host or adjacent cells ofthe host.
  • nine diabetic NOD mice were treated with a single bilateral injection of CFA, followed by a 40-day regimen of biweekly intravenous injections of C57 splenocytes. These lymphoid cells express both MHC class I and MHC class II proteins and survive only
  • pancreata of control mice While the pancreata of control mice exhibited pronounced lymphocytic infiltrates that obscured any remaining islet structures, the pancreata ofthe four NOD mice that were treated with CFA and C57 splenocytes and remained alive but hyperglycemic and insulin dependent revealed a- marked decrease in the number of lymphoid infiltrates located circumferentially or adjacent to the infrequent islet structures. In the three NOD mice treated with C57 splenocytes and CFA that remained normoglycemic after the discontinuation of insulin injections, the pancreata exhibited abundant islets that were free of invasive insulin ⁇ tis or islets associated only with circumferential lymphocytes.
  • alginate encapsulated C57 mouse islets To determine whether the restoration of endogenous beta cell function could be achieved more consistently with better control of blood glucose, insulin injections were replaced with the intraperitoneal implantation of alginate encapsulated C57 mouse islets. Alginate encapsulation prevents direct contact between the donor tissue and the host T-cells and such grafts have been shown ⁇ O provide near normoglycemic control for 40 days in approximately 78% of autoimmune NOD recipients. Almost all diabetic NOD mice that received alginate encapsulated C57 islets exhibited improved glucose regulation or normoglycemia. The alginate spheres were removed 40-50 days after implantation, and the blood glucose concentration was monitored.
  • mice treated only with alginate encapsulated islets The seven mice treated only with alginate encapsulated islets, the six mice that received a single bilateral injections of CFA, and the three mice treated with biweekly injections of C57 splenocytes, all exhibited a rapid return to hyperglycemia and early death after removal of the implants.
  • Pancreata of NOD mice that received only alginate encapsulated islets revealed no sign of intact islets or of lymphoid infiltrates.
  • pancreata of NOD hosts treated with CFA and alginate encapsulated islets exhibited marked invasive insulinitis and obscured islet structures, hi contrast, seven ofthe nine diabetic NOD hosts that received CFA and C57 splenocytes remained normoglycemic for more than 40 days after removal ofthe alginate encapsulated islets.
  • the pancreata of these animals contained large islets with circumferentially distributed lymphocytes.
  • the islet mass after at least 80 days of disease reversal was estimated to be approximately 50%) ofthe original value.
  • the pancreata from control BALB/C mice contained approximately 25-35 islets, and the pancreata from successfully treated NOD mice contained approximately 12-20 islets, as determined by serial histological sectioning.
  • NOD mice so treated exhibited a rapid return to hyperglycemia upon removal ofthe alginate encapsulated islets 50-70 days after transplantation consistent with the role of TNF-alpha in the beneficial effect of CFA.
  • mice treated similarly except for the administration ofthe anti-TNF- alpha antibody normoglycemia was maintained in seven out of nine NOD mice after removal ofthe alginate beads.
  • the specificity ofthe effect induced by the anti-TNF-alpha monoclonal antibody was confirmed by the failure ofthe control rat IgGl monoclonal antibody reactive with human T-cell receptor beta 1 chain to produce a therapeutic effect.
  • TNF-alpha levels due to administration of CFA
  • levels of TNF-alpha were measured in NOD mice after a single injection of CFA with or without donor lymphocytes.
  • Table 1 slightly elevated levels of TNF-alpha were transiently detectable in NOD mice for 2-5 days after a single injection of CFA with or without splenocytes.
  • NOD mice at days 2-8 after a single dose of CFA also have decreased platelet levels from 30,000-60,000/mm 3 . This data indirectly supports CFA's induction of TNF- ⁇ in NOD mice.
  • TNF- ⁇ concentrations were measured by solid phase ELISA using a sandwich technique with two different monoclonal antibodies to mTNF-alpha, one of which was conjugated to horse radish peroxidase (Sigma, St. Louis, MO). The limit of detection was 0.2 units/ml.
  • TNF-alpha binds directly to TNF Receptor 2 on the vascular endothelium, the complementary matrix for differentiation, and the islet precursor cells or islet beta cells themselves, thereby possibly also promoting regeneration in the pancreas.
  • MHC class I peptide complex expression results in a partial, but stable, reselection of T-cell population from the NOD hosts leading to an increase in the abundance of long-term memory cells.
  • MHC class I and self- peptide reintroduction is important for the reselection of cells that probably have less stimulation with islet cell antigen, but the equivalent potential for autoreactivity (see, for example, U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 09/521,064, filed March 8, 2000, and 09/768,769, filed January 23, 3001, and PCT publication WO00/53209, published September 14, 2000, which are each incorporated by reference).
  • Example 2 Optimizing a curative therapy in the diabetic NOD mouse
  • late stage NOD mice >15 weeks of age
  • one injection of CFA one injection of BCG (4mg/kg)
  • one injection of 10 ug TNF- ⁇ one injection of 10 ug TNF- ⁇
  • FI splenocytes lxl 0 6 cells, IV
  • the treated NOD mice were serially sacrificed on day 2, day 7, and day 14 (Table 2).
  • An examination of pancreatic histology evaluated the effects of the interventions on invasive insulitis (Table 3).
  • Table 2 shows that on day 2 both a single injection of CFA and a single injection of low dose TNF- ⁇ (10 ⁇ g) had eliminated completely all subpopulations of cells with in vitro TNF- ⁇ sensitivity. At day 7 and day 14, this population of TNF- ⁇ sensitive cells was again evident. Simultaneous pancreatic histology of these cohorts confirmed a dramatic reduction in insulitis, as well as a lingering effect lasting beyond day 14 with respect to insulitis (Table 3).
  • FI splenocytes The responses to FI splenocytes and BCG were markedly different than that seen with CFA and TNF- ⁇ , and somewhat different from each other.
  • the therapeutic effect of FI splenocytes was an elimination of the NOD lymphoid cells, which we believe represent pathogenic na ⁇ ' ve cells, perhaps through a direct or indiiect mechanism (Table 2). TNF- ⁇ sensitivity remained and the FI splenocyte therapeutic impact lasted beyond day 14.
  • the histology revealed a less dramatic impact on the numbers of NOD islets with remaining invasive insulitis.
  • FI splenocytes eliminated "cords" of invasive insulitis per islet instead of the more homogenous central elimination of insulitis characteristic of either TNF- ⁇ or CFA (not shown).
  • BCG a known inducer of TNF- ⁇ had a greater impact on the elimination of tissue culture (na ⁇ ve) sensitive, pathogenic cells than it had on the elimination of pathogenic memory cells.
  • BCG is known to infect macrophages/monocytes and, if the BCG is avirulent, induces lysis ofthe macrophage/monocyte, thus reducing hampering continued production of tuberculin particles. Macrophage/monocyte lysis releases TNF locally, with infected cells usually containing abundant intracytoplasmic concentrations of this cytokine.
  • the avirulent strain of BCG causes lysis of certain subpopulations of monocytes/machrophages in an accelerated fashion. These cells appear to be developmentally "immature", with lower levels of MHC class I-self peptide expressed on the surface. This suggests that BCG sub-strains with the lowest virulence, derived from the in vitro selection of those that most rapidly lyse human or murine autoimmune monocytes, would be the best BCG strains to treat autoimmune disorders.
  • Severely hyperglycemic NOD mice were originally treated with CFA to induce TNF-alpha and simultaneously exposed to functional complexes of MHC class I molecules and allogeneic peptides presented on either viable splenocytes or on islets.
  • Normoglycemia for a 40-day treatment period a critical parameter of this approach, was induced either by the implantation of temporary alginate encapsulated islets or subrenally placed syngeneic islet transplants. Both methods of glucose control can be surgically removed to test for restored endogenous pancreatic function. All original experiments were designed to treat established NOD female mice with severe hyperglycemia and utilized a 40-day time period of tight, artificial glucose control.
  • NOD hosts used in these experiments were severely diabetic NOD mice typically greater than 20 weeks of age that exhibited blood glucose concentrations of greater than 400 mg/dl for at least seven days. All diabetic NOD hosts at this late stage of disease were dead within two weeks because ofthe severity ofthe disease.
  • Alginate encapsulated islets were implanted into the peritoneal cavity for 40 days, and the hosts were randomized to receive either CFA alone or CFA in combination with intravenous biweekly injections of irradiated C57BL/6 splenocytes.
  • the C57BL/6 splenocytes are only semi-allogeneic to the NOD host; the splenocytes are H2K b D , and the NOD mouse is H2K d D b .
  • Pancreata of NOD mice that received live C57 splenocytes revealed abundant islets in seven of the nine mice. No signs of invasive islet lymphoid infiltrates, which are a sign of active autoimmunity, were present. When an islet was present, fewer than 10% of islet circumferential lymphoid cells encircled the pancreatic islet. Surprisingly, the pancreata of NOD mice that remained hyperglycemic and received irradiated donor splenocytes consistently revealed islets in the pancreas, but with decreased overall' abundance as assessed by serial pancreatic sections.
  • pancreata from NOD mice treated with live splenocytes and having restored normoglycemia contained approximately 6-8 islets with each serial histological section
  • pancreata from NOD mice treated with irradiated splenocytes and having persistent hyperglycemia contained x
  • Placement ofthe 120-day extended glucose clamp yielded a marked beneficial effect when combined with the formerly metabolically ineffective therapy of irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells followed by an early evaluation at day 40.
  • 11 of the 12 NOD hosts which received live MHC class I and self-peptide expressing splenocytes continued to remain normoglycemic for observation times extending beyond 180 to 250 days after removal of the 120 day glucose clamp.
  • pancreatic islet density as assayed using histological sections ofthe pancreas.
  • the pancreatic islets in all cohorts of these two latter groups were examined after long-term follow-up of reversed disease for 180-250 days after restored normoglycemia.
  • Formerly diabetic NOD cohorts with normoglycemia after irradiated donor lymphoid injections -possessed healthy and abundant pancreatic islets, but they were consistently accompanied by impressive circumferential lymphoid infiltrates. This histological feature was absent in treated NOD cohorts receiving live MHC class I and self-peptide donor cells.
  • irradiated cells which do not have the ability >o regenerate into pancreatic islets, may have an advantage in a new onset diabetic because of greater safety.
  • islets in mice treated with live versus dead cells appeared histologically different— in that mice treated with live cells had significantly less circumferential insulinitis than mice treated with irradiated cells which, in many cases, had very impressive circumferential insulinitis.
  • circumferential insulinitis eventually progresses to active disease following treatment with irradiated cells.
  • syngeneic islet transplantation was performed under the kidney capsule.
  • syngeneic transplants exhibited pronounced peri-islet insulitis, in contrast to the regenerated semi-allogeneic islets in the pancreas, which were almost entirely free of peri-insulitis.
  • Severely diabetic NOD mice were treated with CFA in combination with a glucose clamp of intraperitoneally placed islets encapsulated in alginate or subrenally transplanted syngeneic islets.
  • the diabetic NOD hosts received concurrent biweekly immunizations with parenchymal cell lines expressing fully NOD compatible MHC class I complexes on fibroblasts (e.g., fibroblast cells from H-2 MHC recombinant donor cell lines)or fully MHC incompatible MHC class I complexes on fibroblasts. All cohorts were sacrificed approximately 40-45 days after treatment initiation for the histological evaluation ofthe pancreas. Since the fibroblast cell lines represent tumor cell lines, the cells used in these experiments were irradiated prior to intravenous immunization or injection.
  • pancreatic islets differed in the NOD cohorts receiving fully MHC class I matched or mismatched peptide complexes.
  • NOD cohorts randomized to receive MHC class I and self-peptide mismatched cells (H2K k D k ), possess pancreatic islets with massive invasive lymphoid infiltrates in five ofthe five NOD mice. Not only was invasive insulitis present throughout the pancreas, but none of cohorts demonstrated a single islet structure without insulinitis or islets with exclusively circumferential lymphoid accumulation.
  • pancreatic islets As presented above, the use of irradiated donor cells frequently results in the reappearance of pancreatic islets, but consistently these islets regardless of the cellular source were accompanied by circumferential lymphoid infiltrates adjacent to, but not invading, the islet structure.
  • the ability of matched H2K d D b fibroblasts to histologically eliminate active islet-directed autoimmunity defined by invasive insulinitis confirmed the therapeutic effect of C57BL/6 expressing cells with a nonspecific effect ofthe allogeneic H2K b locus, but likely also benefited from the MHC class I reintroduction due to the matched H2D locus through specific T-cell receptor or cell surface receptor (e.g., CD3) engagement of the host.
  • T-cell receptor or cell surface receptor e.g., CD3
  • the target of the therapy is likely the host T-cells.
  • non-irradiated FI splenocytes from BALB/C and C57 crosses i.e., CB6F1/J cells
  • CB6F1/J cells similarly restored long-term normoglycemia in about 75-80% of the formerly diabetic NOD hosts receiving a single dose of CFA.
  • Irradiated, mismatched MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells were uniformly ineffective in reversing established diabetes.
  • this cellular therapy administered to established autoimmune NOD cohorts had (a) a demonstration that a therapeutic effect can be achieved with only a single MHC class I allelic match; (b) a demonstration that the cells can be administered in the presence or absence of allogeneic MHC class I and self-peptide structures; (c) a demonstration that the cells injected into diabetic NOD hosts can be live or irradiated donor cells; (d) a demonstration that the cells can be parenchymal or lymphoid in origin; and (e) a demonstration that the cellular effect can be independent of donor MHC class I donor cells expressing MHC class II and self- peptide complexes since fibroblasts, an MHC class II negative cell type, and lymphocytes showed equal efficacy.
  • cytotoxic T-lymphocyte assay to define the separate therapeutic effects of MHC class I and self-peptide and the therapeutic effects of CFA/TlvrF-alpha for reversal of islet-directed auto-reactivity.
  • an effective therapy to reverse established autoimmunity included the introduction of both MHC class I and self-peptide matched cells and administration of CFA or another TNF-alpha-inducing agent.
  • the introduced MHC class I and self- peptide complexes were proposed to reselect poorly trained na ⁇ ve cells with the potential for autoreactivity.
  • peripheral tolerance homeostasis appears to be maintained by peripheral MHC class I and self-peptide complexes, and this prevents na ⁇ ve cell abundance or unstimulated T-cell abundance—a feature seen in the pre-diabetic NOD mouse or in the untreated NOD mouse after the onset of hyperglycemia.
  • the data presented herein indicate that autoreactive memory T-cells or cells with exposure to antigen stimulated cells are selectively sensitive to CFA presumably due to the obligatory endogenous TNF-alpha induction and subsequent apoptosis due to defects _nNF ⁇ B signaling.
  • CD45RB high na ⁇ ve CD45RB high density cells
  • CD45RB low CD45RB low density cells
  • splenocyte donors the source ofthe CTLs, were untreated NOD hosts, NOD hosts treated solely with CFA, and NOD hosts treated with both MHC class I and self-peptide and CFA with long-term disease reversal.
  • Dispersed NOD islets from 8 week-old NOD female donors were used as responder cells.
  • the receptor T-cells were sorted into two pools prior to the assay: unstimulated T-cells defined as CD3 positive, CD45RBhigh, and stimulated T-cells defined as CD3 positive, CD45E_B low . Numerous effector to target cell ratios were tested. Based on these data, art optimized T-cell effector to islet target ratio resulted in co-incubation assays of 24-hours of culture at 37°C. Using the colorimetric readout as well as the direct insulin readout we determined the relative amounts of insulin released from live beta cells, and using the ELISA assay we determined the actual amount of released insulin in the culture supernatants.
  • diabetic NOD derived CD3 cells either ofthe memory type or stimulated type or ofthe unstimulated type, equivalently lysed dispersed islet cells after 24 hours of co- culture.
  • Both the colorimetric assay and the actual measurements of released insulin confirmed the pathogenicity ofthe diabetic NOD cell populations as showing self-reactivity to syngeneic islet cells.
  • the pathogenicity of stimulated CD45RB low T-cells can be selectively altered.
  • splenocytes from NOD cohorts treated with CFA alone 25 days prior to the assay showed the selective elimination of autoreactivity of only the stimulated cell population which has the ability to lyse syngeneic dispersed islet cells.
  • CFA treated NOD cohorts maintained unstimulated CD45RB hlgh T-cell populations with islet autoreactivity equivalent to that seen in untreated NOD splenocyte donors. Given that CFA therapy alone, with its resultant endogenous induction of TNF-alpha, was not successful in a diabetic NOD mouse in eliminating existing and late stage autoimmunity disease, the CTL results were consistent with the idea that two identifiable subpopulations of autoreactive cells may need to be manipulated in vivo for disease reversal. A marked contrast is seen in separated subpopulations of unstimulated CD45RB high and stimulated CD45RB Iow cells obtained from successfully treated NOD cohorts that received both syngeneic matched MHC Class Tself-peptide expressing cells and CFA.
  • mice show complete and stable long-term elimination of both stimulated and unstimulated autoreactive T- cells w'th syngeneic islet directed autoreactivity.
  • results of the CTL assay indicate that in diabetic NOD hosts, unstimulated T-cells identifiable with CD45RBhigh and stimulated T-cells expressing CD45RB low have islet cytotoxicity or the potential for islet cytotoxicity.
  • autoreactive T-cell memory subpopulations were selectively eliminated with CFA alone, while both autoreactive stimulated and unstimulated subpopulations were eliminated with syngeneic MHC class I and self-peptide and CFA.
  • Both aspects of the treatment may be required for the elimination of existing autoreactivity due to the existence of both stimulated and unstimulated cells With autoreactive potential. Accordingly, select treatments may be designed to target and eliminate the separate cell populations. Indeed this hypothesis was supported by our earlier adoptive transfer data showing that autoreactive NOD cell populations remained after TNF-alpha treatment of diabetic donor splenocytes, presumably because ofthe ability of these cells to change their phenotype and become TNF-alpha sensitive after islet exposure.
  • Splenocytes from NOD mice whose diabetes was successfully treated in vivo with C57BL/6 or C57BL/6 class IT 1' splenocytes and CFA, had - improved CD8 re-synthesis after pronase treatment in vitro.
  • NOD mice treated only with CFA or class I deficient C57BL/6 splenocytes with CFA had persistent problems with CD8 re-synthesis similar to untreated NOD mice, confirming the persistence of interrupted T-cell selection by MHC class I structure.
  • Simultaneously performed control experiments confirmed splenocytes from NOD mice of diverse treatment groups and splenocytes from C57BL/6 mice re-synthesize CD3 surface proteins at comparable rates (Figs. 3A and 3B).
  • Example 6 Both subrenally transplanted islets and endogenous pancreatic islets show equivalent in situ islet regeneration at both sites.
  • an effective therapy can utilize TNF-alpha induction of CFA combined with irradiated or live MHC class I-matched cells. This combination cures diabetes in over 78%> of treated NOD hosts, in addition, we demonstrate below that functional pancreatic recovery was slower in the pancreas of cohorts receiving irradiated cells expressing MHC class I self-peptide, although long-term and stable recovery occurs at equal frequency with follow-up in excess of 120 days.
  • pancreatic islets To assess the long-term resistance of transplanted islets compared to re-grown endogenous pancreas islets to disease, additional sets of diabetic NOD cohorts received either live or dead MHC class I and peptide expressing splenocytes combined with syngeneic islet transplants, which served as a glucose clamp.
  • the ectopic islet transplants under the renal capsule allowed us to evaluate disease recurrence and ectopic islet regeneration compared to that seen in the pancreas. Fluorescence immunocytochemistry was used to compare the pancreatic islets to the subrenally placed islets.
  • the staining for proliferating cells assessed by BrdU at both sites also showed the lack of islets in the pancreas and a lack of any proliferation, which suggested that invasive and autoaggressive insulinitis have recurred or, alternatively, that the ongoing disease was not due to local lymphoid proliferation, but ratfcer a migration of these autoaggressive cells to the islet site.
  • the BrdU positive cells were not more highly positive in an active rejection response, suggesting the active cells migrated to the site.
  • each pancreatic section showed that NOD hosts receiving irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells have healthy pancreatic and subrenal islet cells that are surrounded with impressive circumferential lymphoid infiltrates. These lymphoid accumulations do not progress to an invasive islet pattern even with long-term follow-up, nor do they appear to enlarge in the long-term.
  • the immunocytochemistry ofthe islet shows that successfully treated NOD mice have insulin positive cells subrenally and in the pancreas.
  • pancreata was also examined to determine if the insulin secreting beta ce ls in the pancreas were solely due to regeneration of the pancreas from endogenous cells or if the regenerated pancreatic islets could also have originated from a donor source (e.g., from the injected splenocytes).
  • a donor source e.g., from the injected splenocytes.
  • mice that, after the onset of severe hyperglycemia, (i) were treated with CFA and fresh FI splenocytes from male donors administered in biweekly injections for 40 days, (ii) were implanted with a subrenal syngeneic islet transplant for 120 days, and (iii) remained normoglycemic in the long-term when the transplant was removed. These mice were subsequently sacrificed at varying time intervals of stable normoglycemia, usually greater than 60 days.
  • pancreata of these animals were compared to the pancreata of animals that received the same treatment regimen, except that they received irradiated male donor splenocytes administered in biweekly injections for the 40-day treatment period. These pancreata were then stained with two-color immunofluorescence in which insulin was tagged with a red fluorochrome and a Y chromosomal marker was tagged with a green marker. All splenocyte donors were of male origin; therefore this fluorescence assay was used to determine if any ofthe insulin positive cells in the pancreas were of male Y chromosome origin.
  • the cohorts that received irradiated cells also never expressed yellow cells in the exocrine or endocrine tissues of the pancreas, therefore confirming that Y chromosome positive cells were not present in animals that have received irradiated cells as part of their curative regimen.
  • NOD mice Experiments performed on NOD mice for the regeneration of pancreatic islets have revealed a number of transcription factors that are beneficial for the methods ofthe invention and a number of protein expression patterns that are signatures of organ/tissue regeneration.
  • NOD mice have at the site of vigorous islet regeneration increased VEGF expression, increased Flk-1 expression, and locally high levels of proteasome function, including high levels of LMP-2 and INF-gamma.
  • agents such as TNF- ⁇ , TNFR agonists, or gamma interferon can be admimstered to the host prior to the initiation of regeneration,.
  • cytokines that induce TNF- ⁇ expression, IL- 1 ⁇ expression, HAT, NF- ⁇ B, AP-2, EGF- 1 , Sp 1 , AP- 1 , GATA, PECAM-1, activator ⁇ rotein-2, CT-rich Spl binding activity, PDGF-A, PDGF-B, monocyte chemoattractant protein- 1, TF, Etsl, SCL/Tal-1, FGF, HATs P/CAF, PDGF, CBP/ ⁇ 300 and HIF-2-alpha (HRF, EPAS, HLF) can also be useful for the acceleration of islet regeneration.
  • islet regeneration can be aided by the administration of VEGF, VEGF fragments, FGF, IGF-1, or by BV endothelium differentiation or tissue regrowth.
  • one or more death receptors are inactivated on the donor cells or one or more intracellular signaling proteins that mediate cell death are inactivated in the donor cell to prevent death ofthe transplanted cells.
  • FLIP can be used to down regulate
  • extracellular inhibition or reduction in IL2 is used to upregulate FLIP which then down regulates FAS.
  • the donor cells have a blockage of IL2R, such as the binding of a chemical (e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment) to IL2R to inhibit binding of IL2 to IL2R and thus IL2-mediated upreguiation of FAS.
  • a chemical e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment
  • one or more members ofthe intracellular pathway for FAS activation are inhibited in the donor cells prior to transfer.
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • Promotion of islet regeneration can be accomplished using one agent, or more than one agent, administered with or without pluripotent cells.
  • the progress of islet regeneration can be monitored using sequential RT-PCR analysis to probe for the induction or suppression of transcription factors after agent administration.
  • Example 7 Donor derived cells are also present in the blood. 3ecause of our dramatic findings in the pancreas of donor origin FI cells turning into pancreatic islets, we also serially examined both the blood and splenocytes from these cohorts to see if the blood and splenocytes were also of donor origin. Approximately eight cohorts of this long-term description were examined for the presence of K b positive lymphoid cells in the peripheral blood; splenocytes at the time of sacrifice were also examined. As is noted above, K b cells must be of B6 origin because the NOD mouse is of K d origin.
  • peripheral blood lymphocytes from these cohorts were of donor origin.
  • a cohort that received irradiated cells, in which staining would only represent endogenous staining (i.e., backgr und staining) had 2.9%> of lymphocytes of donor cell origin.
  • many of these cohorts had a percentage of donor origin lymphocytes in the peripheral blood that was significantly above background and had long term co-existence of blood cells of two different genetic origins and pancreas cells of two distinct genetic origins.
  • donor cells that not only are chimeric— being of donor male origin bearing disparate MHC genes and remarkably turning into pancreatic islets—but also are semi- allogereic would be expected to be rejected because, while the host received CFA or TNF-alpha, the host did not receive immunosuppressive treatment.
  • CFA or TNF-alpha the host did not receive immunosuppressive treatment.
  • mice with established diabetes demonstrate the ability to re-grow islet cells in the pancreas.
  • the experimental results are excellent and demonstrate a robust and sustained ability to achieve engraftment.
  • the test model used cells from GFP BL/6 (B6) mice expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) in all tissues as donor cells for introduction into B6 cohorts. Initially, we used GFP B6 splenocytes injected into normoglycemic hosts.
  • GFP positive B6 cells from splenocytes and bone marrow obtained by flow cytometry and hepatocyte origin cells were administered at doses of 5 x 10 to 5 x 10 7 cells over a 40-day period, and the cohorts were then examined after 40 to 195 days eiiher by eye bleeds or by sacrifice followed by examination of splenocytes. Tn these experiments, although there was injury to the pancreas, there was little persistence of long-term chimerism in the host animals. Occasionally, a pancre s positive cell of GFP origin was observed, but the data were in large part negative suggesting that we had not properly duplicated the experiments that were so successful in the NOD mouse.
  • Example 9 Organ regeneration in GFP C57BL/6 mice. As noted in Example 7, additional experiments were performed using normal mice that are not of the NOD genotype to further understand and characterize the remarkable re-growth of islet cells observed in NOD mice.
  • Fig. 9 summarizes the many C57BL/6 mice that were treated with various therapies to achieve similar donor cell engraftment and possible re-growth of an adult organ/organelle such as the islets of Langerhans. All of these C57BL/6 hosts w ere made diabetic with streptozotocin using standard methods. In these experiments, glucose levels were not regulated using insulin injections or a temporary glucose clamp. If desired, insulin injections or a temporary glucose clamp may be used in any ofthe methods described below to optimized islet cell regeneration.
  • the Group 1 mouse was a female C57BL/6 mouse that received donor male splenocytes from a syngeneic C57BL/6 donor with GFP-actin fluorescence (C57BL/6-GFP).
  • C57BL/6-GFP syngeneic C57BL/6 donor with GFP-actin fluorescence
  • the donor cells can be distinguished from endogenous cells because the donor cells are of male origin (i.e., have XY chromosomes) and the endogenous cells are of female origin (i.e., have XX chromosomes). Additionally, the cells exhibit GFP fluorescence that is easily detectable using flow cytometric analysis. Removal of blood from this host and analysis of PBLs revealed that the peripheral blood only had 0.59%> GFP cells.
  • Group 2 C57BL/6mice were treated as described for the Group 1 host.
  • the spleen and the PBL ofthe treated mice were analyzed 150 days after treatment began. This treatment regimen involved bi-weekly injections of 10 7 cells for the first 40 days after treatment.
  • the PBLs ofthe group 2 hosts also had low levels of donor cells.
  • the spleen had slightly higher but still low levels of C57BL/6-GFP cells. A subset analysis seemed to suggest the blood cells expressing GFP were not confined to any select lineage.
  • Group 2 910, 911, and 903 NOD hosts were reanalyzed by regating the flow pictures of fluorescence and had similar trends of low levels of chimerism.
  • mice 931, 939, 932, and 933 were also studied 87-98 days after transplantation of C57BL/6 splenocytes.
  • the spleen of these animals had slightly higher degrees of chimerism with ranges of 4.7-13.3%>. Although this result suggests a detectable level of chimerism, this chimerism was not long lasting because by an additional 100 days, the degree of chimerism was again low.
  • Group 3 and 4 C57BL/6 mice only differed from Group 2 and 3 mice in that Group 3 and 4 mice received donor bone marrow cells instead of splenocytes. Splenocytes were better able to engraft into the host than bone marrow donor cells.
  • Group 5 C57BL/6 hosts received Hoechst333242 positive splenocytes; a cell type that is alleged by the scientific literature to poses stem cell traits. The transfer of these cells into the C57BL/6 hosts was only minimally successful and less successful than donor bone marrow or bone splenocytes.
  • Group 7 and Group 9 C57BL/6 hosts received 10 7 CNS precursor cells or hepatocytes (HC), and the hosts were killed approximately 100 days after cell transplantation.
  • the spleen of hosts demonstrated more engraftment than the PBL, and donor CNS cells or donor hepatocytes may be better able to engraft into the host than bone marrow or Hoecchst33342 cells.
  • Fig. 10 attempts to translate the NOD success story of organ regeneration into a C57BL/6 model of regeneration. This has helped to define ihe critical elements that promote regeneration.
  • streptozotocin was used to induce tissue injury and to make the mice diabetic.
  • tissue injury promotes re-growth.
  • the groups that appear to have target organ regeneration are the groups that receive donor plencoytes plus TNF-alpha. In these experiments we try to map the pathway or receptor for regeneration as involving receptor I or II.
  • Fig. 11 summarizes the diverse experiments and outcomes depending upon the host representing an NOD mouse or a normal C57BL/6 host.
  • the use of cells of splenocyte origin, blood origin or HC may offer an advantage because these organs contain diverse cell types and the re-introduction of mobilized, but not yet fully differentiated, endothelium, mesoderm, or ectoderm may promote, facilitate, or speed the necessary recapitulation of fetal tissue interactions that promote organ regeneration in an adult.
  • endothelium mesoderm
  • ectoderm may promote, facilitate, or speed the necessary recapitulation of fetal tissue interactions that promote organ regeneration in an adult.
  • the following data support the above hypothesis.
  • the mesoderm interacts with the BV endothelium (endoderm). This interaction may promote VEGF expression, as well as the upregulation of Flk-1 receptors.
  • BV blood vessel endothelium is desirably primed at the regeneration site by promoting the embryonic expression of VEFG, NF- ⁇ B or associated events, such as increased proteasome activity or TNFR2 expression, and then contacted with administered mesodermal cells, even if of adult origin.
  • injected mesodermal cells may contact endogenous endoderm (e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body), which promotes the recapitulation of the fetal patterning, i.e. the BV endothelium plus endoderm budding produces islets of liver cells.
  • endogenous endoderm e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body
  • endogenous endoderm e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body
  • endogenous endoderm e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body
  • endoderm e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body
  • the power of donor splenocyte origin cells in promoting regeneration maybe more attributable to the mesodermal cells of the spleen than the more abundant blood cells.
  • transient up-regulation of VEGF may be desirable. This up-regulation may be induced, e.g., by administering TNF-alpha, INF-gamma, or inhibiting cAMP. Also, administration of IL-2 may promote TNF-alpha that subsequently binds to BV endothelium, triggering VEGF up- regulation and NFKB up-regulation, and thus target organ regeneration. Since TNFR2 is preferentially expressed on endothelial cells, this receptor is desirably manipulated for target organ regeneration. The ability of the NOD mouse to regenerate islets as demonstrated herein may be attributable, at least in part, to the islet specific up-regulation ofthe LMP2 subunits ofthe proteasome.
  • any ofthe above regeneration methods may be enhanced by administering the donor cells more frequently and/or for a longer length of time.
  • NOD blood is very inefficient as a source of lymphoid cells in transferring disease to na ⁇ ve cohorts
  • the magnitude of apoptosis induced by TNF- ⁇ in pathogenic NOD T cells from peripheral blood compaied with the effect in T-cells from NOD splenocytes was quantified.
  • the data in Table 5 show the degree of accelerated T cell death of human diabetic PBLs with culture and with TNF- ⁇ , as measured by flow cytometry.
  • Apoptosis was quantified by flow cytometric monitoring of Annexin V, with or without propidium iodine staining, after a 12 hour in vitro culture or exposure to TNF- ⁇ (20 ng/mL), TNF- ⁇ with Act D (1 ng/mL), or other protein synthesis inhibitors known to amplify pro-apoptotic pathways of TNF- ⁇ signaling by inhibiting the rapid synthesis of proteins that are anti-apoptotic. All assays were perfomied on freshly isolated PBLs and simultaneously prepared control samples.
  • the 55 type 1 diabetic patients had higher death of na ⁇ ve T cells (with culture) compared to 55 paired random (no history or family history of autoimmune disease) controls (p 0.0008).
  • Actinomycin D is an accelerator of apoptosis when used with TNF- ⁇ .
  • the spontaneous cell death maps to the monocyte/macrophage lineage of cells and the direct TNF- ⁇ death maps in both species of T cells.
  • the spontaneous death could be due to receptor activation of a death receptor due to shear stress or, alternatively, the elimination in the autoimmune patient of an abnormal serum factor that is abnormally pro-life or anti-apoptotic.
  • Example 11 Treatment, Stabilization, or Prevention of Disease Other Than Diabetes NOD mice also suffer from other autoimmune diseases in addition to diabetes, such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, multiple sclerosis, Sj ⁇ gren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia.
  • the methods ofthe invention also improved symptoms associated with these other autoimmune disease and/or stopped progression of these diseases in NOD mice.
  • mice such as C57BL6 mice can also be used as animal models for the regeneration of other cells, tissues, or organs such as skin, liver, or brain cells.
  • GFP positive donor cells included splenocytes, bone marrow derived cells, Hoechst 33342 positive cells obtained by cell-sorting, brain cells, CNS derived cells, and hepatocytes. Based on analysis of peripheral blood lymphocytes after sacrificing the animals for analysis of splenocytes, the duration ofthe chimerism the absence of CFA treatment was dramatically different for different cell types.
  • splenocytes maintained the highest degree of chimerism for time period greater than 100 days.
  • donor bone marrow cells were less effective, and the other cell types were least effective, suggesting that the donor cell origin even from the adult donors may also have an impact in the persistence ofthe chimerism.
  • ⁇ n autoimmune hosts the administration of any of a multitude of cytokines induce ' death or apoptosis of a subpopulation of pathologic lymphoid cells due to these cells having intrinsic errors in resistance to apoptosis or cell death. Accordingly, this treatment eliminates the pathologic cells from the host without harming the endogenous cells.
  • cytokines promote the regeneration process of a damaged target organ. If a target organ is inflamed, is exposed to exogenous cytokines, or has increased proteasome activity, such as increased activity due to the overexpression of the LMP2, LMP7, or LMP10 subunits, a gamma responsive gene, or a TNF-alpha responsive gene, the target organ regenerates at an exponential rate.
  • An increase in proteasome activity is likely to play a role in the action of VEGF, which together with the VEGF receptors Flk and Fit, functions in organ regeneration. Studies have shown that VEGF binds to developing organs and that this promotes end organ regeneiation, possibly by binding to Flk or Fit receptors.
  • augmented proteasome activity results in augmented VEGF activity.
  • stem cells home to the target organ that had been under autoimmune attack and preferentially proliferate in this organ.
  • the upregulation of proteasome activity and/or the upregulation of proteasome subunits with gamma interferon may promote this.
  • gamma interferon may be. used in a non-autoimmune host with tissue damage to promote targeting of this damaged tissue by stem cells.
  • other chemicals and cytokines that also promote proteasome activity may be used in methods of organ regeneration.
  • a promoter of proteasome activity may be administered concurrently with, prior to, or after administering stem cells or lymphocytes obtained from adult blood.
  • stem cells or lymphocytes obtained from adult blood.
  • local regeneration may be promoted by increasing Flk-1 receptors via CREB inhibition or by TNF- ⁇ , HAT or NFKB activation, or by administration of VEGF inhibitors.
  • VEGF secretion may be promoted by proteasome augmentation, TNF- ⁇ administration, cAMP inhibition, by the administration of IL-1 ⁇ or IL-2, or by the application of sheer stress.
  • autoimmune cell death can be achieved by administering agents that disrupt the pathways that normally protect autoimmune cells from cell death, includi g soluble forms of antigen receptors such as CD28 on autoreactive T- cells, CD40 on B-cells that are involved in protection of autoimmune cells, and CD95 or CD95L (i.e., FasL) on T-lymphocytes.
  • agents that disrupt the pathways that normally protect autoimmune cells from cell death include CD28 on autoreactive T- cells, CD40 on B-cells that are involved in protection of autoimmune cells, and CD95 or CD95L (i.e., FasL) on T-lymphocytes.
  • agents that disrupt the pathways that normally protect autoimmune cells from cell death include p75N TNF arid lymphotoxin Beta receptor (LtbetaR).
  • LtbetaR lymphotoxin Beta receptor
  • antibodies or fragments of antibodies reactive with these receptors are useful therapeutics. Such agents are described in the literature.
  • the present invention is not limited to a combined TNF- ⁇ inducing therapy or direct compound administration that includes the combination of TNF- alpha and IL-1, but includes, e.g., any combination of TNF-alpha-including therapies, e.g., vaccination with BCG, viral infection, LPS, activation of cells that normally produce TNF-alpha (i.e., macrophages, B-cells, and T-cells), administration ofthe chemotactic peptide fMet-Leu-Phe, administration of bacterial and viral proteins that activate NF K B, administration of agents that induce signaling pathways involved in adaptive immune responses (i.e., antigen receptors on B- and T-cells, CD28 on T-cells, CD40 on B-cells), agents that stimulate specific autoreactive cell death receptors (i.e., TNF, Fas (CD95), CD40, p75NF, and lymphotoxin Beta-receptor (LtbetaR), and administration of substances that stimulate TNF-
  • monoclonal antibodies that serve as TNF- ⁇ agonists can be administered.
  • Such antibodies can be made using tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 1 (TNFR1) or tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 2 (TNFR2) as immunogens in mice using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler '& Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975).
  • TNFR1 tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 1
  • TNFR2 tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 2
  • Such antibodies can also be made by recombinant DNA methods [Cabilly, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567].
  • Such antibodies have been prepared and described by Brockhaus, et al., in Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 87:3127-31 (1990).
  • those with agonist activity are identified by screening for TNF-like activity in assays measuring cytotoxicity, fibroblast growth, interleukin-6 secretion, or activation of the transcription factor NF- ⁇ B.
  • such antibodies can be screened in vitro using assays in which agonists are identified by their ability to kill activated T-cells obtained, for example, from a patient with lymphoma or newly diagnosed type-2 diabetes.
  • Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a non-human source.
  • non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain
  • the import variable domain is from the TNFRl and TNFR2 antibodies produced above.
  • Humanization can be performed, for example, following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); and Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
  • humanized antibodies are chimer-c antibodies (Cabilly, supra), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and, in some cases, some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • Humanized antibodies desirably retain high affinity for the immunizing antigen, and thus are desirably prepared by known processes involving analysis of the parental and humanized sequences by three-dimensional modeling.
  • Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis ofthe likely role ofthe residues in the functioning ofthe candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability ofthe candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that desired antibody characteristics, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), are achieved.
  • the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding. For further details see U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,237.
  • transgenic animals e.g., mice
  • transgenic animals e.g., mice
  • J H antibody heavy chain joining region
  • TNF-receptor agonist antibody patients are dosed such that enough is administered to elicit a TNF- ⁇ -like effect.
  • the effective dose of such an antibody, or mixture of antibodies is determined by starting at a low dose to ascertain tolerance, followed by dose escalation to produce the desired changes in circulating lymphocytes.
  • therapeutic dosing can be weekly or biweekly at levels of 0.025 mg/kg, 0.075 mg/kg, or 0.150 mg/kg (antibody/patient).
  • the invention allows for the identification of drugs that induce cell death or selectively hamper the autoimmune cells by binding to cell surface receptors or interacting with intracellular proteins.
  • autoimmune cells drugs that stimulate the IL-1 pathway or drugs that interact with converging pathways such as Fas, FasL, TACI, ATAR, RANK, DR5, DR4, DCR2, DCR1, DR3, TALL-4, or THANK.
  • accelerated cell death of autoimmune cells maybe potentiated by adding protein synthesis or kinase inhibitors.
  • accelerated TNF or FAS death is potentiated by brief exposure to a protein synthesis inhibitor (e.g., ActD) that blocks a rapidly made TNF-alpha mediated intercellular inhibitor(s).
  • kinase inhibitors also potentate TNF-alpha mediated events.
  • the drugs of the present invention can be characterized in that they only kill autoimmune cells having a selective defect m a cell death pathway which can be characterized by two distinct phenotypes, (1) defects in lymphoid education and (2) susceptibility to apoptosis.
  • autoimmune cells can be used as well to ablate autoimmune cells, for example, administration of CFA, interleukin- 1 (IL-1), proteasome inhibitors, TNF superfamily agonists, NFKB inhibitors, anti-inflammatory drugs, tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), lipopolysaccharide, UV light, or an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway.
  • CFA interleukin- 1
  • proteasome inhibitors TNF superfamily agonists
  • NFKB inhibitors anti-inflammatory drugs
  • TPA tissue plasminogen activator
  • UV light or an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway.
  • Example 14 Treatment While the therapies described herein are likely to be effective in treating pre-dia etics, i.e., patients diagnosed as progressing to type I diabetes, but who are not yet hyperglycemic, we note that the methods ofthe inventions also may be used to treat a mammal, for example, a human with type I diabetes or any other autoimmune disease. The ability to treat patients who already have hyperglycemia and therefore have significant or total islet destruction is a significant advantage ofthe current therapy. ⁇ n general, before treating a patient, one may optionally obtain blood from the patient to determine that the patient has two disease phenotypes.
  • the first disease phenotype is an increase in the number of circulating CD45RA positive cells in, the blood (also defined as alterations in the number of cells positive for CD95, CD62L, or other markers of naive or unstimulated cells).
  • CD45, CD95, and CD62L are all cell surface antigens that can be monitored by flow cytometry and compared to age matched controls. We expect to see an abundance of these na ⁇ ve or mistimulated cells in the peripheral blood of subjects with diabetes or any other autoimmune disease.
  • the second phenotype is the presence of a subpopulation of lymphocytes with augmented sensitivity to cell death tlirough apoptor.is or necrosis.
  • subpopulations of cells may have augmented sensitivity to cell death caused by TNF-alpha, TCR receptor cross-linking agents, T-cell specific antibodies (e.g., ⁇ TCR or ⁇ CD3), or nonspecific stimulation with BCG.
  • TNF-alpha TNF-alpha
  • TCR receptor cross-linking agents T-cell specific antibodies (e.g., ⁇ TCR or ⁇ CD3)
  • nonspecific stimulation with BCG TNF-alpha
  • We may assay for the presence of such cells by isolating lymphocytes from these patients, treating them in vitro with TNF-alpha, and showing that the lymphocytes contain a subpopulation that undergoes apoptosis or necrosis when exposed to TNF-alpha, other cytokines, chemical reagents, or antibodies to select surface proteins.
  • control donor lymphocytes do not exhibit sensitivity to these agents.
  • This phenotype is a result of lymphoid cells predominantly of pathogenic origin that have altered intercellular signaling pathways, alterations which result in a heightened death sensitivity. Elimination or conversion of all cells w ' 'th this phenotype is desirable for the permanent reversal of autoimmunity.
  • the penefrance of these defects is likely to be relatively high in diabetic or other autoimmune patients, with the first phenotype likely having a penefrance of over 95%, and the second phenotype likely having a penefrance of over 50% in type I diabetics.
  • the blood or bone marro ⁇ v that is a semi-allogeneic or fully-allogeneic match to the MHC class I and self-peptide complex.
  • the blood or bone marrow derived cells, or even fibroblasts that have been immortalized desirably may have normal MHC class I and self-peptide complex presentation; in other words, they should not come from diseased patients.
  • Those phenotypes are easily monitored prior to treatment to determine the suitability of the donor cells in this therapy. For example, conformationally specific MHC class I and self-peptide antibodies may be used to show that the complexes are properly filled.
  • an increased number of matches to the HLA class I alleles of the host results in an increase in the duration ofthe reversal ofthe disease " .
  • at least two, and desirably all four HLA class I alleles (e.g., the HLA A and HLA B alleles) from the donor cells are matched. Accordingly, these donor cells may be perfectly matched or they may be semi-allogeneic (i.e., with only partial matches on individual cells).
  • Treatment may involve intravenous biweekly infusions of 1x10 cells of any given donor of any given class I haplotype. It is desirable for the administered cells to be freshly isolated and not processed with preservatives or frozen.
  • Cells that may be used in the methods of the invention may be obtained, for example, from a bloodbank.
  • semi-allogeneic cells may be obtained from a close relative of the patient, such as a parent or a sibling.
  • semi-allogeneic or fully-allogeneic irradiated cells may be used in this therapy, but the use of irradiated cells results in a longer time course for correction.
  • naive T-cells As an alternative to administering MHC class I and peptide, another agent that inactivates or kills naive T-cells can be administered.
  • exemplary agents include antibodies that bind and inactivate the T-cell receptor on naive T-cells or by binding and triggering the selective death of only pathologic cells.
  • the antibodies inhibit the activity of or naive T-cells by at least 2, 5, 10, or 15 -fold more than they inhibit the activity of memory T-cells.
  • TNF-alpha production Simultaneously with the administration of donor cells, it is also desirable to induce endogenous TNF-alpha production either through stimulation with Bacillus Clamette-Guerin (BCG) or other immune adjuvants such as CFA, or by the direct administration of TNF-alpha.
  • BCG Bacillus Clamette-Guerin
  • CFA CFA
  • one skilled in the art can determine individually the dosing ofthe cells and TNF-alpha or BCG by analyzing a blood sample twice a week for evidence ofthe elimination ofthe phenotype ofthe pathogenic cell.
  • TNF-alpha, BCG, or anothe ⁇ nonspecific form of immune stimulation may promote the induction of endogenous TNF-alpha.
  • TNF-alpha may be administered intramuscularly, intravesicularly, or intravenously.
  • recombinant human TNF-alpha or new drugs such as a TNF receptor 2 agonist may be used.
  • TNF-alpha that may be administered to a patient are approximately 40 ⁇ g/m 2 or 200 ⁇ g/m 2 .
  • Other exemplary doses include doses between 2 x 10 6 and 5 x 10 6 mg daily for two doses in one week.
  • Patients with an autoimmune disease may tolerate higher doses of TNF-alpha and/or may require lower doses for treatment.
  • TNF-alpha tolerance can be gained by cross-linking the TCR or by nonspecific vaccination through the same pathway (e.g., BCG vaccination).
  • an inducer of lymphopenia e.g., TNF-alpha
  • the inducer of lymphopenia can be administered to blood obtained from the patient (e.g., blood obtained during electrophoresis), and the treated, blood can be re-administered to the patient.
  • blood obtained from the patient e.g., blood obtained during electrophoresis
  • the treated, blood can be re-administered to the patient.
  • For induces of lymphopenia with a short half-life e.g., TNF-alpha
  • this method should decrease the incidence or severity of any potential adverse, side-effects ofthe compound.
  • any combination therapy described herein e.g. a therapy which uses MHC class I expressing cells and TNF-alpha induction, may be administered until the disease is successfully treated. For example, this therapy may be continued for approximately 40 days; however, this time-period may readily be adjusted based on the observed phenotypes. Additionally, the dose of TNF-alpha can be adjusted based on the percentage of cells in blood samples from the patient that have increased sensitivity to TNF-alpha, indicating the amount of remaining autoimmune cells. In addition, in treating type I diabetes, it may be desirable that the patient maintains as close to normoglycemia as possible. The murine data have demonstrated that marked fluctuation in blood sugars hamper the normal regenerative potential ofthe pancreas.
  • these patients may be placed on an insulin pump for not only the exemplary 40 days of disease reversing therapy, but also for a 120 day period to optimize the regenerative process.
  • the pancreas of long-term diabetics i.e., ones having diabetes for more than 15 years
  • the therapy may be identical except for the length ofthe treatment.
  • the donor blood or bone marrow cells have to be alive for these cells to convert to the correct tissue type, such as into beta cells ofthe pancreas.
  • mesodermal cells which can be isolated from a normal donor (e.g., from the bone marrow, the spleen, or the peripheral blood). Typically, this cell expresses, to a detectable degree, CD90 + , CD44 + , or CD29 + , but does not express appreciable amounts of CD45 or CD34.
  • This normal donor cell is administered to a person, preferably intravenously or intraperitoneally, to allow for rapid transport to the site of inflammation, injury, or disease. Desirably, this cell is administered to a person with active autoimmunity. Alternatively, the cell may be administered to a person without autoimmunity or to a person with quiescent autoimmunity.
  • the absence of active autoimmunity in a person may require pretreatment ofthe host to initiate an inflammatory response or injury at the regenerative site.
  • pretreatment ofthe donor cell may also be required.
  • the host may be treated with TNF- ⁇ , IFN- ⁇ , IL-2, VEGF, FGF, or IGF-1 to prepare the blood vessel endothelium for optimal interactions with the mobilized mesodermal cell.
  • the pathway of VEGF-stimulated expression on endothelial cells can be enhanced with a selective inhibitor of PI-3 -kinase.
  • the host can be pretreated with platelet-derived growth factor derived from mural cells (e.g., from the neural crest or epicardium) for optimal interactions with the mobilized mesodermal cell.
  • the mesodermal cell can be pretreated to optimize adherence to the endothelium.
  • This type of therapy is envisioned to be beneficial for the regeneration of diverse organs or organelles, including brain, skin, is.ets of Langerhans, heart, lung, liver, muscle, intestine, pancreas, bone, cartilage, and fat. It may also be possible to optimize the fresh mesenchymal cell prior to injection into the host. This can be accomplished with TNF- ⁇ exposure, E -l ⁇ exposure, or other chemical drug treatments to increase neogenesis.
  • TNF-alpha an immune adjuvant
  • one may induce transient lymphopenia with TNF- alpha or any other nonspecific reagent, remove this reagent, and add cells (e.g., stem cells) to regenerate the organ or tissue.
  • the added stem or precursor cells may be altered to have reduced TNF-alpha sensitivity or may have increased proteasome activity or decreased death sensitivity through TNF or Fas.
  • the host may be preconditioned with an agent that increases LMP2, LMP7, or proteasome activity (e.g., gamma interferon) prior to, concurrent with, or after the administration of stem cells.
  • an agent that increases LMP2, LMP7, or proteasome activity e.g., gamma interferon
  • Compounds that increase Fit, Flk, VEGF expression or activity, hypoxia, GATA-2, hypoglycemia, IL-l ⁇ , or inhibition of cAMP can also be used.
  • administration of TNF-alpha results in cell death due to the upregulation of Fas or FasL, it may be beneficial to precondition a host with an inhibitor of Fas/FasL expression or function during TNF-alpha or other immune adjuvant therapy in both patients with and without underlying autoimmunity.
  • TNF-alpha does not deplete stem cells is in NOD mice because many ofthe stem cells in these mice have intrinsic defects in Fas and FasL expression. In contrast to normal cells, which may die due to Fas/FasL upregulation that is induced by TNF-alpha, NOD ssem cells survive. In a variety of human autoimmune diseases, the Fas/FasL downregulation enables these human cells to survive, or even expand, in the presence of TNF-alpha.
  • cytokines ⁇ n a host with autohnmune disease
  • the signaling pathways are deranged and the adminisfration of cytokines may have multiple effects.
  • administered cytokines induce apoptosis of a subpopulation of pathologic lymphoid cells due to intrinsic errors in apoptosis resistance, thus identifying these cells as pathogenic.
  • the introduced and endogenous cytokines also promote the regeneration process presumably on the target organ.
  • the target organ has mflammation and is exposed to the administered cytokines or processes endogenous errors in the overexpression of proteasome function (e.g., LMP2/7 subunit expression, a gamma responsive gene, or a TNF responsive gene), the organ regeneration will be promoted.
  • proteasome function e.g., LMP2/7 subunit expression, a gamma responsive gene, or a TNF responsive gene
  • a possible mechanism of in situ regeneration is that activation of the proteasome is critical for the action of VEGF, and VEGF action is critical for Flk activity.
  • Endothelial cells may promote this process and, with activation ofthe proteasome, VEGF action is accelerated thus allowing augmented Flk action.
  • Exogeriously added stem cells may exponentially promote this process, e.g., by independent proliferation or fusion with the cells or by differentiation to lineage- specif . cell types. Therefore, to promote in situ organ regeneration, proteasome inhibitors are desirably avoided.
  • a spontaneous autoimmune host in which target organ hyperexperession of LMP2 and/or LMP7 is frequent may also have accelerated organ regeneration.
  • Organ regeneration can also be accelerated by promoting LMP2/7 hyperexpression with, e.g., gamma interferon, TNF, or a compound that activates the promoters of these genes, e.g., Statl, agonists ofthe ICS-2/GAS elements in the LMP2 promoter, interferon regulatory factor 1(IRF1), TNF-alpha, or NFkB promoters.
  • LMP2/7 hyperexpression e.g., gamma interferon, TNF, or a compound that activates the promoters of these genes, e.g., Statl, agonists ofthe ICS-2/GAS elements in the LMP2 promoter, interferon regulatory factor 1(IRF1), TNF-alpha, or NFkB promoters.
  • IRF1 interferon regulatory factor 1
  • proteasome inhibitors may serve as a treatment for proliferative diseases. That is, a proteasome inhibitor can be administered that affects an autoimmune response for proliferative cells, such as, for example, cancer cells, while generating a relatively diminished autoimmune response for normal cells. Most desirably, the anti-proliferative proteasome inhibitor generates no autoimmunity to normal cells upon administration. In an additional example, anti-autoimmune therapy can be administered concurrent or subsequent to the adminisfration of proteasome inhibitors. Other diseases that can be treated by proteasome inhibitors include acute inflammatory processes, such as, for example, sepsis or atherosclerosis.
  • VEGF ascular endothelial growth factor
  • Flt-1 fins-like tyrosine kinase-1
  • Flk- 1/KDR fetal liver kinase-1/kinase domain region
  • the donor cells are desirably not exposed to TNF-like substances too early because these substances may accelerated death.
  • the host tissue may be exposed to TNF like substances or inducers of NFKB or VEGF to increase Flk- 1 -like expression or signaling to promote the regeneration process and/or interactions that promote in situ regeneration. Therefore, normal donor cells may be pretreated prior to transfe_- to prevent death when exposed to endogenous TNF like substances.
  • the host maybe reconditioned with TNF-like substances (e.g., TNF, VEGF, FGF, or and NFKB stimulator) prior to cell transfer to create an environment for optimal proliferation.
  • TNF-like substances e.g., TNF, VEGF, FGF, or and NFKB stimulator
  • VEGF action is dependent upon a proteasome expressing LMP2, and thus agents that induce proteasome function are beneficial for regeneration.
  • agents that induce proteasome function are beneficial for regeneration.
  • One such agent is INF (interferon), which upregulates the obligatory inducible proteasome subunits (e.g., LMP2) for optimal VEGF action.

Abstract

The invention features methods for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type, for example, insulin producing cells of the pancreas, blood cells, spleen cells, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells of the bile duct, or skin cells, in a mammal (e.g., a human patient) that has injured or damaged cells of the predetermined type.

Description

METHODS OF ORGANREGENERATION
Background ofthe Invention The invention relates to repairing and regenerating damaged tissue in a human. Such damage may result from an existing autoimmune disease, or may be the result of a non-autoimmune insult. We have previously shown that eliminating autoimmune cells and re-educating the immune system are important components of an effective treatment of an autoimmune disease (described in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 09/521,064, 09/768,769, and Ryu et al., Journal of Clinical Investigations, "Reversal of Established Autoimmune Diabetes by Restoration of Endogenous Beta Cell Function," 108:31-33, 2001), which are hereby incorporated by reference). While an autoimmune disease may be successfully treated, the individual may nonetheless have significant tissue damage as a result ofthe prior autoimmune attack.
'-' Many tissues have an innate ability to repair themselves once the damage causing insult is eliminated, but this ability to repair damage decreases in correlation with the duration ofthe insult. For example, the regenerative capacity of endogenous pancreatic islets is virtually eliminated in long-term Type I diabetics, i.e., patients who have had the disease for more than 15 years. In cases where the endogenous tissue has lost its regenerative capacity, the damage may be repaired by providing exogenous tissue to the individual, for example, a transplant. A promising treatment for diabetes, islet transplantation, has been the subject of human clinical trials for over ten years. While there have been many successes with islet transplantation in animals, these have occurred where the animals are diabetic due to chemical treatment, rather than natural disease. The only substantiated peer reviewed studies using non-barrier and non-toxic methods and showing success with islet transplants in naturally diabetic mice use isogeneic (self)'islets. The isogeneic islets were transplanted into non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice with active diabetes, which were pre-treated with TNF-alpha (tumor necrosis factor-alpha); BCG (Bacillus Clamette-Guerin, an attenuated strain of mycobacterium bovis); or CFA (Complete Freund's Adjuvant), which is an inducer of TNF-alpha (Rabinovitch et al., J. Immunol. 159:6298-6303, 1997). This approach is not clinically applicable primarily because syngeneic islets are not available. Furthermore, existing cell replacement strategies have not prevented end-stage diseases or permanently reversed insulitis. In the allograft setting of islet transplantation, grafts are eventually rejected, even with immunosuppression. Furthermore, diabetic host treatments such as body irradiation and bone marrow transplantation are unacceptably toxic, rendering the short-term alternative of insulin therapy more attractive.
' Recently, islet transplantation has achieved limited success in clinical trials,' such as that observed for allogenic transplants combined with multi-drug immunosuppression therapy, with type 1 diabetic patients having a sustained return to normoglycemia over a 6 month period. These results have been obtained with continuous, and sometimes toxic, drug therapy, often in the setting of a simultaneous life-saving renal transplant. However, these moderately successful islet transplants show failures after about one year, speculated to be due in part to the drug therapy itself inducing insulin resistance. The earlier failure of islet transplants in type 1 diabetics, compared to non-diabetic patients receiving islet transplants (such as in cancer patients who have had their pancreas removed), raises the concern that immunosuppressive therapy shows greater efficacy for graft rejection over autoimmunity prevention. Lending credence to these concerns is the observation of the inefficiency of immunosuppression therapy for the prevention of graft rejection of allogenic or xenogeneic islet transplants in animal studies using non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice.
' We previously described a transplantation method to introduce allogeneic and xsnogeneic tissues into non-immunosuppressed hosts in which the cells are modi iled such that the donor antigens are disguised from the host's immune system (U.S. Patent Serial No. 5,283,058, which is hereby incorporated by reference). Generally, masked islets or transgenic islets with ablated MHC class I molecules are only partially protected from recurrent autoimmunity in NOD mice (Markmann et al., Transplantation 54:1085-1089, 1992). A need exists for methods of regenerating damaged tissue that are not only applicable to tissue damage that results from autoimmune attack, but also to non-autoimmune induced damage.
Summary ofthe Invention The invention features methods for organ regeneration in a mammal (e.g., a human patient). Accordingly, in a first aspect, the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal (i) who has injured or damaged cells of the predetermined type or who has a deficiency of cells ofthe predetermined type (e.g., a mammal with a lower than normal number of these cells or a mammal lacking these cells) and (ii) who does not have an autoimmune disease. This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that induces lymphopenia and that increases the number of cells ofthe predetermined cell type in the animal. In desirable embodiments, the composition activates a receptor on the surface of cells ofthe predetermined cell type or on the surface of precursor cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined cell type in the mammal. Desirably, the method also includes administering cells ofthe predetermined cell type to the mammal, desirable embodiments, the method includes administering cells that recapitulate a developmental sequence (e.g., endoderm with mesoderm; endoderm with ectoderm; or ectoderm with mesoderm to promote the regeneration of the tissue of interest). In some embodiments, the method also includes administering precursor cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined cell type to the mammal. In particular embodiments, the method also includes inducing damage to the cells of a predetermined type in the mammal or inducing damage in a site of the mammal in which cells ofthe predeteraiined type are desirable. For example, damage can be induced in cells ofthe predetermined type or cells of another type within 10 inches, 5 inches, 1 inch, 10 cm, 5 cm, 1 cm, 10 mm, or 1 mm ofthe location in which cells ofthe predetermined type are desirable.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating or stabilizing an established auto nmune disease in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, (b) repeating step (a) one or more times, and (c) optionally monitoring the glucose level in the mammal two or more times. Desirably, the method also includes administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal. In some embodiments, the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the first composition prior to step (a).
In a related aspect, the invention features another method for treating or stabilizing an established autoimmune disease in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood ;cells in the mammal, (b) repeating step (a) one or more times, and (c) optionally maintaining the blood glucose level in the mammal within a normal range; Desirably, the method also includes administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal. In some embodiments, the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the first composition prior to step (a). ' In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease) and/or increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type. In one embodiment, the method includes determining, prior to step (a), whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of blood. cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced. In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease) and or increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with steps (a) or (b), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type. In one embodiment, prior to step (a), the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the first composition; if this is the case, the decision to employ the first composition is reinforced. In another embodiment, prior to step (b), the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the second composition; if this is the case, the decision to employ the second composition is reinforced.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease). This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment, the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease). This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment, the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing an autoimmune disease (e.g., an established autoimmune disease). This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a pre-determined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment, the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation, of blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type. In one embodiment, prior to step (a), the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with increased sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced. In some embodiments, the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
"In another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo. Desirably, the precursor cells are stem cells and step (a) is performed prior to step (b). In other embodiments, non-islet cells are administered for the treatment or prevention of
- 1 - diabetes. In certain embodiments, the method also involves regulating blood sugar levels in diabetic patients using, e.g., a glucose clamp or administered insulin. Desirably, a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the patient.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells of blood origin or endothelial origin, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%>, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal. In some embodiments, the patient has an autoimmune disease (e.g., diabetes) or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease. Desirably, a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells iιi) the patient.
"In another aspect, the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells of blood origin or of endothelial, mesoderm or ectodermic origin, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that promotes or recapitulates the embryonic program of cellular differentiation in the host. In desirable embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal a proteasome activity-promoting substance, such as gamma interferon. In some embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases Flk or Fit expression or function. Examples include TNF-α, IL-lβ, HAT, or NF-κB induction, or cAMP inhibition, using agents known to achieve these functions. Other examples include stimulation of AP-2, EGF-1, Spl, AP-1, NFkB,' GATA stimulation with the induction of PECAM-1, activator ρrotein-2, CT-rich Spl binging activity, PDGF-A, PDGF-B, monocyte chemoattractant proteih-1, TF, Etsl, SCL/Tal-1, FGF, HATs P/CAF, CBP/p300 and HIF-2alpha (HRF, EPAS, HLF). These functions may also be achieved by TGF-beta inhibition, TGF-beta receptor blockade, or inhibition of CREB (camp response element binding protein). In certain embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases VEGF, VEGF1, VEGF2, VEGFiR, or VEGF2R expression or function, such as a VEGF polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a VEGF polypeptide or substance that activates the promoter of a VEGF protein receptor. VEGF polypeptides include full-length VEGF proteins, as well as biologically active VEFG fragments. These agents are in some cases preferred for mesoderm/endodermal activation for differentiation. For mural differentiation (cells usually of neural crest or pericardial origins), host treatment with PDGF or PDGF-BB can desirably be included in the method. For BV endothelium differentiation or regrowth of tissue, treatment ofthe host with an FGF and/or IGF-1 can be desirable. Furthermore, for promotion of regeneration can in some instances be accomplished using just one agent, or with two or more agents, administered with or without pluripotent cells.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%>, ofthe subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered; if this is the case, the decision to employ the composition is reinforced. In some embodiments, the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition. In another aspect the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal with an autoimmune disease or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease. This method involves administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo or that promote proliferation of endogenous cells of the predetermined type in vivo. The differentiated cell(s) will eventually present MHC class I and peptide, and the MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the mammal. In another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more cells ofthe predetermined type, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a) administering to the mammal a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells , in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment, prior to step (a), the method includes determining whether the blood ofthe mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered. In some embodiments, the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition. ϊn another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment the method includes determining whether the mammal has a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells with higher than normal sensitivity to the composition to be administered. In some embodiments, the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration ofthe composition.
In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo, and (b)'prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, of the subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal. In one embodiment the method includes determining whether the blood of the mammal contains a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells with higher than normal' sensitivity to the composition to be administered. In some embodiments, the mammal has an injured or diseased organ that has increased normal functional activity after administration of the composition.
"m still another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal. This method (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably 75%, of a first subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably 75%, of a second subpopulation of blood cells in the mammal. The first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are either partially overlapping subpopulations or non-overlapping subpopulations. Desirably, first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are in different stages of differentiation. In some embodiments, the first subpopulation and the second subpopulation are in different stages ofthe cell cycle. In various embodiments, the firs', subpopulation and the second subpopulation are sensitive to different inducers of cell death. In some embodiments, the first subpopulation and the second subpopulation undergo cell death through different pathways. In particular embodiments, one subpopulation undergoes cell death through apoptosis and the other subpopulation undergoes cell death through necrosis. In some embodiments, the patient has arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis). In particular embodiments, a patient with arthritis is not administered any cells. In other embodiments, the patient is administered chondrocytes or cells that differentiate into chondrocytes. In some embodiments, the patient has injured or damaged cells of a predetermined cell type. Desirably, the method also involves administering to the patient one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type. The cells can be administered prior to, after, or concurrently with the administration ofthe first and/or second compositions.
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal. This method involves (a) administering to the mammal a first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in the mammal, and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the mammal a second composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of stimulated blood cells, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%>, of the subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the mammal. In some embodiments, the mammal has injured or damaged cells of a predetermined cell type. Iii certain embodiments, the method involves administering to the mammal one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells of the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type.
In another aspect, the invention a method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a human patient. This method involves inducing damage or uncovering endogenous damage (e.g., damage that promotes engraftment of transplanted cells) to the cells of a predetermined type in the patient. Endogenous damage can be measured using, e.g., blood tests, (e.g., liver function tests, tests for glucose levels, neurologic tests, or blood cell tests), visual or radiographic tests, or functional tests. A first composition that selectively kills a predetermined subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells is administered to a patient, in an amount sufficient to selectively kill at least 10%, preferably at least 75%, ofthe subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in- the patient. Prior to, after, or concurrently with the administration ofthe first composition, a second composition that kills stimulated blood cells is administered to the patient in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in the patient. Prior to, after, or concurrently with the prior steps, one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells ofthe predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type cells are administered to the patient. In another aspect, the invention features a method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type, for example, pancreas cells that produce insulin, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, chondrocytes, or skin cells, in a human patient who has injured or damaged cells or a deficiency of cells of the predetermined type. This method" includes (a) administering to the patient MHC class I and peptide (e.g., soluble 'MHC class I and peptide or MHC class I and peptide present on the surface' of a cell); (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to the patient cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type; and (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (b), inducing transient lymphopenia in the patient or in a blood sample from the patient that is re-administered to the patient. In some embodiments, steps (a) and (b) are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class 1 and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type. In another aspect, the invention features another method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a human patient. This method involves (a) identifying endogenous damage of or inducing damage to the cells of a predetermined type in the patient, (b) exposing the patient to MHC class I and peptide, (c) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (b), administering to the patient cells that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined cell type, and (d) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (c), inducing transient lymphopenia in the patient or in a blood sample from the patient that is re-administered to the patient. In some embodiments, steps (b) and (c) are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class I and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are ofthe predetermined type. ϊn desirable embodiments of any of the aspects ofthe invention, the methods include administering to the mammal a cell (e.g., an endothelial cell or mesenchymal cell) that promotes proliferation ofthe precursor cells or cells ofthe predetermined cell type at the site of desired regeneration, or a cell that can itself differentiate into the predetermined cell type. Desirably, the methods also include administering a cytokine, chemokine, or growth factor to the mammal. Alternatively, the methods also can include the pretreatment of mesenchymal or endothelial cell precursors with a cytokine, chemokine, or growth factor prior to their administration to the mammal. Exemplary cells of the predetermined type are islet cells that produce insulin, blood cells, spleen cells, chondrocytes, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, endoderm cells, mesoderm cells, mesenchymal cells, cells of mesenchymal origin, and skin cells. Desirable cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined type in vivo are splenocytes, bone marrow derived cells, Hoechs't 33342 positive cells, brain cells, CNS positive cells, hepatocytes, mesenchymal cells, mesodermal cells, endothelial cells, mural cells, and fetal cells, ϊn some embodiments, the cells that differentiate into cells ofthe predetermined type in vivo axe semi-allogeneic or isogeneic. In various embodiments, the cells that differentiate into cells of the predetermined type in vivo fail to express Fas or FasL. Desirable blood cells are T-cells, B-cells, or macrophages. Mesenchymal cells that are derived from the blood, spleen, or bone marrow and defined as Hox 11+, CD90+, Flklow, CD34", or CD45+ are highly desirable. Other desirable cells are cells that do not, at the time they are administered, express MHC class I and peptide, but which have the capacity to do so in vivo post-transplantation, e.g., by stimulation with the appropriate antigens. In some embodiments, the MHC class I and peptide are semi-allogeneic or isogeneic. In certain embodiments, the composition is a compound that crosslinks or binds to a T-cell receptor (TCR) or other surface protein on a T-cell. In various embodiments, the composition is TNF-alpha, a TNF-alpha agonist, or a TNF- alpha inducing substance. In some embodiments, the composition binds or activates a death receptor. Exemplary TNF-alpha inducing substances include Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA), ISS-ODN, microbial adjuvants, such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin complexed with lecithin vesicles, ISCOMS-immune stimulating complexes, chemical adjuvants, such as polyethylene glycol and poly(N-2-(hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide), synthetic oligonucleotides containing CpG or CpA motifs, lipid A derivatives, such as monop'hosphoryl lipid A, MPL, muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Bacillus Clamette- Guerin (BCG), Tissue Plasminogen Activator (TPA), lipopolysaccharide (LPS), Interleukin-1 (IL-1), Interleukin-2 (IL-2), UV light, lymphotoxin, cachectin, a transcription factor-like nuclear regulator-2 (TNFR-2) agonist, a neutral blocking antibody to a B-lymphocyte stimulator (BLyS) receptor or soluble protein, an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway, aNFxB inducing substance, lymphotoxin, cachectin, IRF-1, STAT1, an agonist of an ICS-21gAS promoter element, a lymphokine, LPS, an agonist, such as an antibody, to a TNF- α supeϊ'family receptor or soluble form of a TNF-α superfamily member, a combination of TNF-alpha and an anti-TNFR-1 antibody, or a combination of TNF-alpha and a TNFR. ϊn desirable embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal a proteasome activity promoting substance, such as gamma interferon. In some embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases Flk or Fit expression or function. Examples include TNF-α, IL-lβ, HAT, or NF-κB induction, or cAMP inhibition. In certain embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal an agent that increases VEGF, VEGF1, VEGF2, VEGF1R, or VEGF2R expression or function, such as a VEGF polypeptide, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a VEGF polypeptide, or a substance that activates a promoter ofthe VEGF receptor. In some embodiments, the method includes administering to the mammal an inhibitor of Fas or FasL expression or signaling. Desirably, the method includes maintaining the blood glucose level in the mammal within a normal range. In a particular embodiment, bone marrow cells or precursor (or pluripotent) cells (e.g., cord blood cells) are administered to hasten the healing process. These cells recapitulate the embryonic process in adult animals by hastening the critical mesoderm to endode interactions, endoderm and ectoderm interactions and mesoderm and ectoderm interactions, all of which are crucial for organ regeneration.
In desirable embodiments of any ofthe various aspects ofthe invention, the composition that kills naive T-cells is MHC class I and peptide, and the MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the patient. In some embodiments, the MHC class I and peptide is soluble MHC class I and peptide or MHC class I and peptide present on the surface of a cell. In some embodiments, the administration of cells and the administration of MHC class I and peptide to kills naϊve T-cells are performed concurrently by administering cells that have the capacity to present MHC class I and peptide and that have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or that are of the predetermined type. In some embodiments, the composition that kills pathologic T-cells' (e.g., naϊve T-cells) is a compound (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment, cytokine, lymphokine, small molecule antagonist, T-cell mitogen, or co- receptor) that crosslinks a T-cell receptor (TCR) of naϊve T-cells (e.g., naϊve T- cells that might otherwise develop into autoimmune T-cells or pathologic cells that die if bound by an antibody or agonist). In some embodiments, the compound that kills a subpopulation of naϊve T-cells is not BCG or is not FAS. In other embodiments, the compound that kills a subpopulation of T-cells (e.g., naϊve T-cells) is BCG, FAS, or a compound that modulates a protein kinase. An exemplary compound that selectively kills an undesired subpopulation of naϊve T- cells is α-CD3 antibody, a selective TCR stimulant. Examples of methods for the re-selection of naϊve/unstimulated T cells include the direct killing ofthe disease- causing T cells, direct killing ofthe monocyte/macrophage antigen presenting cell with deficient MHC class I and self peptide (for example, BCG), and the re- introduction of cells correctly presenting MHC class I and self peptide fragments. ϊn desirable embodiments, the mammal has an autoimmune disease or an increas d risk for an autoimmune disease. Exemplary autoimmune diseases include Alopecia Areata, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Autoimmune Addison's Disease, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Behcet's Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Celiac Sprue- Dermatitis, Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, CREST Syndrome, Cold Agglutmin Disease, Crohn's Disease, Discoid Lupus, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia, Fibromyalgia- Fibromyositis, Graves' Disease, Guillain-Barre, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Hypothyroidism, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy, Insulin dependent Diabetes, Juvenile Arthritis, Lichen Planus, Lupus, Meniere's Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Pemphigus Vulgaris, Pernicious Anemia, Polyarthritis Nodosa, Polychondritis, Polyglandular Syndromes, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Primary Agammaglobulinemia, Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, Psoriasis, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reiter's Syndrome, Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Scleroderma, Sjδgren's Syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Takayasu Arteritis, Temporal Arteritis/Giant Cell Arteritis, Ulcerative Colitis, Uveitis, Vasculitis, Vitiligo, Wegener's Granulomatosis, and myasthenia gravis. In some embodiments, any metabolic disorder that is due to the injury or damage ofthe cells of a predetermined type or due to the autoimmune disease is controlled. In some embodiments, the mammal has an ejstablished autoimmune disease (e.g., the mammal has symptoms ofthe autoimmune disease). In some embodiments, the mammal does not have an established autoimmune disease. In particular embodiments, the mammal does not have cancer or AIDS. Desirably, the mammal is a human. MHC class I and peptide can be administered either simultaneously
(together or separately) or within 24 hours of each other. In some embodiments, two or more distinct MHC class I molecules that each contain a different allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the patient are administered to the patient. In some embodiments, MHC class I and peptide are administered in an amount sufficient to induce tolerance to the donor cells or to the cells ofthe predetermined type. Desirably, the number of the autoimmune cells in the patient (e.g., B-cells that produce a self-reacting antibody or T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes) decreases by at least 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100%. ϊn various embodiments of the above aspects, MHC class I and peptide are administered to the patient by administering cells that express MHC class I and peptide and that either have the potential to differentiate into the predetermined type or are ofthe predetermined cell type. In other embodiments, a population of living or dead (e.g., irradiated) cells that express MHC class I which has at least one allele that matches an allele expressed by the patient and which presents a peptide are administered to the patient, and another population of cells that differ from the first population of cells and have the potential to differentiate into the predeteαriined type or are ofthe predetermined cell type are administered to the patient. This latter population of cells may or may not present MHC class I and peptide, and, if expressed, the MHC class I may or may not contain one or more alleles that match that ofthe patient. In some embodiments, two populations of cells each with a different MHC class I that matches an allele expressed by the patient are administered. ϊn certain embodiments, a complex of MHC class I and peptide is formed by incubating an extracellular region of MHC class I (e.g., a soluble Fab fragment) with one or more peptides (e.g., peptides from a cell lysate or a library of random peptides, synthetic peptides, or naturally-occurring peptides). Because MHC class I binds peptides with high affinity, the soluble MHC class I fragment binds peptides in solution. In other embodiments, complexes of MHC class I and peptide are cleaved from MHC class I-expressing cells (e.g., healthy lymphocytes with at least one MHC class I allele that matches that of the patient) using, e.g., a protease. In yet other embodiments, cells that express MHC class I, which may not be complexed with peptide due to potential problems with assembly, are isolated from the patient. A fragment ofthe MHC class I is cleaved from the cells and incubated with one or more peptides, and the resulting complex of MHC class I and peptide is administered to the same patient from which the cells were obtained or to a different patient.
In some embodiments of any of the above aspects, lymphopenia is induced by administering to the patient an agent that is nonspecific, i.e., an agent that is toxic to lymphocytes generally, rather than targeting a particular subset of lymphocytes or lymphopenia due to new cellular distributions. Examples of such inducers of lymphopenia are TNF-alpha and substances that induce TNF-alpha, e.g., Complete Freund's Adjuvant ("CFA"), ISS-ODN, microbial adjuvants, such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin complexed with lecithin vesicles, ISCOMS-immune stimulating complexes, chemical adjuvants, such as polyethylene glycol and poly(N-2-(hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide), synthetic oligonucleotides containing CpG or CpA motifs, lipid A derivatives, such as monophosphoryl lipid A, MPL, muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Bacillus Clamette- Guerin ("BCG"), other vaccinations, Tissue Plasminogen Activator ("TPA"), lipopolysaccharide ("LPS"), Interleukin- 1, Interleukin-2, UV light, lymphotoxin, cachectin, a TNFR-2 agonist, a NFKB inducing substance, lymphotoxin, cachectin, IRF-1, STAT1, an agonist of an ICS-21gAS promoter element, or the combination of TNF-alpha and a TNFR-1 antibody. These inducers of lymphqpenia can specifically kill a subpopulation of blood cells (e.g., a subpopulation of T-cells) if administering in a dose that is sufficient to specifically kill the subpopulation but not sufficient to nonspecifically kill all blood cells. For example, autoimmune patients have subpopulations of blood cells with increased sensitivity to cell death: thus, low dose of these compounds are required to kill these cells. In cases in which non-specific lymphopenia is desired (e.g., such as the treatment of mammals without an autoimmune disease) larger doses can be administered. A nonspecific agent can also be an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway, e.g., NFKB, Jun N-terminal kinase ("J K' , TRAILR2, FasL, TRADD, FADD, TRAF2, RIP, MAPK, kinase activators, a caspase, or pro-caspase. Stimulation of a signaling pathway may involve, e.g., receptors ofthe TNF superfamily or intracellular mediators of these pathways. Other examples of compounds that induce lymphopenia include compounds that bind or activate one or more members ofthe TNF receptor superfamily (e.g., TNF receptor 1 or 2, Trail-Rl, Trail-R2, Trail-R3, Trail-R4, OPG, Rank, Fnl4, DR6, Hvem, LtbetaR, DcR3, Tramp, Fas, CD40, CD30,
CD27, 4- IBB, OX40, Gitr, Ngfr, BCMA, Taxi, Baff-r, EDAR, Xedar, Troy, Relt,, or CD95L). Therapeutic agents can include TNF receptor superfamily cytokine agonist;, or cytokine agonist antibodies. Additional compounds that directly or indirectly increase TNF-alpha can be readily identified using routine screening assays for TNF-alpha expression levels or activity. Desirably, an inducer of lymphopenia also promotes organ formation, promotes differentiation of donor cells (e.g., blood cells) into a desired cell type, and/or induces damage to host cells of a predetermined cell type to facilitate incorporation of donor cells into the desired organ. In some embodiments, transient lymphopenia is induced for a period of time sufficient to destroy at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe autoimmune cells in the patient (e.g., B-cells that produce a self- reacting antibody, T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes, or a subset of antigen presenting cells with defective antigen presentation). In some embodiments, that agent that kills naive T-cells is not BCG or FAS. ϊn some embodiments, one or more of the following TNF super family ligands are administered to the mammal or are upregulated by administration of another compound to the mammal: Trail(Apo2L), RANKL, TWEAK, TNF, LT, LIGHT, LT, TL1A, FASL, CD40L, CD30L, CD27L, CD27L, 4-lBBL(CD137L), OX40L(CD134L), GITRL, APRIL, BAFF, EDA1, or EDA2. In certain embodiments, one or more ofthe following TNFα superfamily receptors are activated by administration of a compound to the mammal: TRAIL-R1(DR4), TRAIL-R2(DR5), TRAIL-R3(DCR1), TRAIL-R4(DCR2), OPG, RANK, RN14, DR6, THF-R2(CD120B), TNF-Rl (CD 120A), FVEM, LIBETAR, DCR3, TRAMP(DR3), FAS(CD95), CD40, CD30, CD27, 4-lBB(CD137), CD 134 OX40), GITR, NGFR, BCMA, TACI, B AFFR, EDAR, XEDAR, TROY, or RELT. Desirably, one or more ofthe following members of death cascades are activated: FASL(CD95L:CD178) with FAS (CD95), TRAΪL (APO-2L) with TRAIL-R1(DR4), TRAIL(APO2L) with TRAIL R2(DR5), or TNF with TNFR1. Desirably, one or more of the following are administered to the mammal: IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-18, INF-alpha, IFN-be-a, IFN-gamma, TFG-beta, PDGF, and/or VEGF. A small molecule or antibody agonist of TLR1, TLR2, TLR6, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, and/or TLR9 is desirably administered. Exemplary TNF superfamily members and their receptor agonists include TRAIL-R1, TRAIL-R2, TRAIL-R3, TRAIL-R4, OPG, RANK.- Fnl4, DR6, TNF-R2, TNF-Rl, HVEM, LtbetaR, DcR3, TRAMP, Fas, CD30, CD27, 4-1BB, OX40, GITR, NGFR, BCMA, TACI, EDAR, XEDAR, Troy, and RELT. Biologies of diverse compositions such as BCG, BLP, fibronectin Domain A, lipoarabinomannan, LPS binding protein, LPS, lipoteichoic acid, macrophage stimulatory lipopeptide 2, manosylated phospbatidylinositol peptidoglycan, respiratory syncytial virus protein F, and soluble tuberculosis factor may also be administered, if desired.
Any of a wide variety of cells can be administered to the patient according to the iαvention. The cells can be cells that, compared to the desired functional cells, are relatively undifferentiated; i.e., they can be stem cells derived, e.g., from embryonic or fetal tissue, from adult stem cell sources, from adult tissues harboring a subset of pluripotent cells, or from cord blood. Alternatively, the administered cells can be relatively more differentiated cells, e.g., cells that stain positively for the stain Hoechst 33342 which stains the nucleus of immature hematopoietic cells; brain-derived cells; cells derived from non-brain CNS tissue (e.g., spinal cord); hepatocytes; chondrocytes; splenocytes; bone marrow-derived cells; cells of blood or lymphoid origin; or parenchymal cells. In certain embodiments, the administered cells are not islets, not beta cells, or not insulin- producing beta cells. In various embodiments, cells other than the predetermined cell type are administered to the patient and form the predetermined cell type in vivo. For example, in some embodiments, cells other than islets are administered to the patient and form insulin-producing islets in vivo. Desirably, the cells are administered to the same human from which they were obtained or to another human.' It is also contemplated that donor cells from other mammals can be used. Exemplary donor mammalian cells are from pigs or primates such as monkeys. in some embodiments, patients (e.g., patients without an autoimmune disease) are administered cells that have been genetically engineered (e.g. by elimination of genes encoding cell death proteins such as Fas, FasL, or caspases), chemically pre-treated, or biologically pre-treated (e.g., treated with an antibody or antibody fragment reactive with Fas or FasL) to exhibit reduced resistance to spontaiieous cell death. In certain embodiments, a compound that decreases the expression level or activity of Fas or FasL is administered to the donor cells or to the host. In some embodiments, the cells are allogeneic, semi-allogeneic, or isogeneic. Exemplary MHC class I-expressing cells that can be used in the invention include monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, B -cells, Langerhans cells, epithelial cells, mesenchymal cells, and parenchymal cells. Other cells express MHC class I at lower levels and can also be used in the present methods. Desirably, at least 20, 40, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe administered cells express MHC class I complexed with peptide. In some embodiments, cells present MHC class 1 and peptide before and after they are administered to the patient: hi other embodiments, cells present MHC class 1 and peptide only after they are administered to the patient. In some cases, the cells differentiate in vivo into cells that present MHC class 1 and peptide.
Ϊn some embodiments, one or more death receptors (e.g., the death receptors listed in Fig. 5) are inactivated on the donor cells or one or more intracellular signaling proteins that mediate cell death are inactivated in the donor cell to prevent death ofthe transplanted cells. For example, FLIP can be used to down regulate Fas/FasL expression. In other embodiments, extracellular inhibition or reduction in IL2 (e.g., inhibition due to chemicals or antibodies) is used to upregulate FLIP which then down regulates FAS. In other embodiments, the donor cells have a blockage of IL2R, such as the binding of a chemical (e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment) to IL2R to inhibit binding of IL2 to IL2R and thus IL2-mediated upregulation of FAS. In other embodiments, one or more members ofthe tracellular pathway for FAS activation are inhibited in the donor cells prior to transfer. Examples include the inhibition ofthe translation of transcription factors such as cFOS, cJAN, PKC, Lck, Zaρ70, MAPK, Itk (IL-2 inducible T cell kinase) and JNK. In particular embodiments, the transcription or translation of transcription factors is transiently inhibited with antisense oligonucleotides or by RNA interference (RNAi).
The number of functional cells maintained according to the invention can be increased by further treating the patient with a substance that increases proteasome activity; this treatment can specifically increase the immuno- proteasome subunits LMP2, LMP7, and LMP10, rendering the cells or host more responsive to the growth promoting activities of VEGF pathways or NFKB pathways, which are important for cellular regeneration. Administration of the proteasome-enhancing substance can be carried out at any time during the method ofthe invention; e.g., prior to or following the administration ofthe cells and/or MHC class I and peptide; or prior to or following induction of transient lymphopenia. The proteasome activity-increasing substance can be, e.g., gamma interferon; VEGF or a substance that increases VEGF level or activity, such as a nucleic acid molecule encoding VEGF or an active fragment thereof; fetal liver kinase l /kinase domain region (Flk-1/KDR) or a substance that increases Flk level oi activity; or fms-like tyrosine kinase- 1 (Flt-1) or a substance that increases Fit level or activity. Additional proteasome activity-increasing substances include compounds that inhibit the expression or signaling of Fas or FasL (e.g., an anti- Fas or anti-FasL antibody) and/or promote the viability of endogenous or exogen usly administered pluripotent cells.
Desirably, the number of cells ofthe desired cell type that are present at least one day, one week, one month, or one year after treatment using the methods ofthe invention increases by at least 20, 30, 50, 75, 100, 200, 500, or even 1000% relative to the number of cells of that cell type that are present in the patient before vxeatment or the number of cells present in a control subject (e.g., a subject who received a vehicle control or a placebo). In some embodiments, the number of cells ofthe desired cell type in a treated patient is at least 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100% ofthe amount ofthe corresponding cells in a healthy patient without a deficiency in those cells. In certain embodiments, cells of donor origin are present in the patient at least one day, one week, one month, or one year after treatment. For example, diabetic patients that are treated using the present methods desirably contain cells of donor origin in their pancreas after treatment. In some embodiments, the methods ofthe invention are used to treat damage or deficiency of cells in an organ, muscle, or other body structure or to form ar. organ, muscle, or other body structure. Desirable organs include the bladder, brain, nervous system tissue, blood vessels, skin, eye structures, gut, bone, muscle, ligament, esophagus, fallopian tube, heart, pancreas, intestines, gallbladder, kidney, liver, lung, ovaries, prostate, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, testes, thymus, thyroid, trachea, ureter, stomach, urethra, and uterus. For these applications, donor differentiated cells, such as cells from any of these organs, or undifferentiated cells, such as embryonic or adult stem cells, are administered to a patient. In a desirable embodiment, a pancreas is regenerated, or the organelle representing the islets of Langerhans reappears. In some embodiments, the organ, muscle, or other body structure that is repaired or replaced was damaged, at least in part, due to the aging process. In some embodiments, at least 20, 40, 60, 80, 90, 95, or 100% ofthe cells ofthe regenerated organ (e.g., the bile ducts, endocrine portions ofthe pancreas, or the entire pancreas), muscle, or other body structure are of donor origin. In certain embodiments, the precursor cells are provided in a female by pregnancy.
The methods ofthe invention can be used to treat, prevent, or stabilize autoimmune diseases and diseases or conditions other than autoimmune diseases, such as diseases or injuries associated with damage to a particular class of cells. For example, these method may be used to treat, prevent, or stabilize autoimmune diseases including, but not limited to, Insulin dependent Diabetes, lupus, Sjogren's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, hypothyroidism, graves disease, psoriasis, premature ovarian failure (POF), and myasth nia gravis. Other examples of autoimmune diseases are described herein. In these procedures, the cells that are attacked by the recipient's own immune system may be replaced by transplanted cells that either are the desired cell type or that differentiate into the desired cell type in vivo. For the treatment of type I or type II diabetes, insulin-producing islet cells (e.g., islet cells expressing MHC class I +hat has at least one allele that matches the patient and that presents a peptide) or cells that differentiate into insulin-producing islet cells in vivo (e.g., cells originating from splenocytes, bone marrow origin cells, blood origin cells, or fibroblasts) can be transplanted into the patient. Desirably, the patient's glucose level decreases to less than 200 mg/dl, 150 mg/dl, or 120 mg/dl (in order of increasing preference). Examples of other medical applications for these methods include the administration of neuronal cells or cells that differentiate into neuronal cells to an appropriate area in the human nervous system to treat, prevent, or stabilize a neurological disease such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, or ALS; or a spinal cord injury. For example, degenerating or injured neuronal cells may be replaced by transplanted cells. Undifferentiated donor ςells maybe administered, e.g., systemically or locally. ϊn preferred embodiments for the treatment of conditions other than autoimmune conditions, a compound that inhibits the destruction of stem cells by an administered inducer of lymphopenia (e.g., TNF-alpha) is desirably administered to the patient. Examples of such compounds include anti-Fas antibodies. In some embodiments, stem cells or cells that form stem cells in vivo axe administered to the patient after the administration ofthe inducer of lymphopenia or lymphoid redistribution (e.g., after the destruction of endogenous autoimmune cells, such as after 7-14 days of lymphopenia).
With respect to the therapeutic methods ofthe invention, it is not intended that the administration of one or more compounds (e.g., purified or unpurified donor cells, MHC class I and peptide, and an inducer of lymphopenia) to a patient be limited to a particular mode of administration, dosage, or frequency of dosing; the present invention contemplates all modes of administration, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intravesicular, intraarticular, intralesϊonal, subcutaneous, or any other route sufficient to provide a dose adequate to increase the number of desired cells. The compound(s) may be administered to the patient in a single dose or multiple doses. When multiple doses are administered, the doses may be separated from one another by, for exampb, one day, one week, one month, or one year. For example, a compound that induces lymphopenia may be administered once a week for, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 15, 20, or more weeks. It is to be understood that, for any particular subject: specific dosage regimes should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions. For example, the dosage of donor cells can be increased if more cells of a particular cell type are needed, e.g., if the glucose levels of a diabetic patient have not returned to normal or if an ongoing process decreases the number or activity of cells ofthe predetermined cell typ.e. The dosage of a compound that induces lymphopenia can also be increased if autoimmune cells remain in the patient, for example, if a blood sample from the patient contains autoantibodies or contains cells with increased sensit ity to TNF-alpha, indicating that autoimmune cells are still present in the patient. Conversely, the dosage of donor cells or lymphopenia-inducing compounds can be decreased if a desired number of cells are present in the patient or if autoimmune cells are no longer present. If desired, conventional treatments may be used in combination with the therapies of the present invention. For example, diet and exercise can be used to facilitate the control of glucose levels in diabetic patients. Other embodiments of the present methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent
Application Serial Nos. 09/521,064, filed March 8, 2000, and 09/768,769, filed January 23, 2001, and PCT publication WO00/53209, published September 14, 2000, which are incorporated by reference).
Definitions
By "treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition" is meant preventing or delaying an initial or subsequent occurrence of a disease, disorder, or condition; increasing the disease-free survival time between the disappearance of a condition and its reoccurrence; stabilizing or reducing an adverse symptom associated with a condition; reducing the severity of a disease symptom; slowing the rate ofthe progression of a disease; or inhibiting or stabilizing the progression of a condition. Desirably, at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 90, or 95% ofthe treated subjects have a complete remission in which all evidence ofthe disease disappears. In another preferred embodiment, the length of time a patient remains free of disease symptoms after being diagnosed with a condition and treated with a therapy ofthe invention is at least 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200, or even 500%> greater than (i) the average amount of time an untreated patient remains free of disease symptoms or (ii) the average amount of time a patient treated with another therapy remains free of disease symptoms. Desirably, the number of disease-causing white blood cells decreases by at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 95, or 100%.
By "autoimmune disease" is meant a disease in which an immune system response is generated against self epitopes. Some examples of autoimmune diseases include Alopecia Areata, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Autoimmune Addison's Disease, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Behcet's Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Celiac Sprue-Dermatitis, Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, CREST Syndrome, Cold Agglutinin Disease, Crohn's Disease, Discoid Lupus, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia,
Fibromyalgia-Fibromyositis, Graves' Disease, Guillain-Barre, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Hypothyroidism, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy, Insulin dependent Diabetes, Juvenile Arthritis, Lichen Planus, Lupus, Meniere's Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Pemphigus Vulgaris, Pernicious Anemia, Polyarteritis Nodosa, Polychondritis, Polyglandular Syndromes, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Primary Agammaglobulinemia, Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, Psoriasis, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reiter's Syndrome, Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoiάosis, Scleroderma, Sjδgren's Syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Takayasu Arteritis, Temporal Arteritis/Giant Cell Arteritis, Ulcerative Colitis, Uveitis, VascuMs, Vitiligo, Wegener's Granulomatosis, and myasthenia gravis.
"MHC class I and peptide" is commonly understood to refer to the MHC/peptide complex as it is naturally presented on the surface of a cell in connection with the normal functioning ofthe immune system. Cytoplasmic antigens are processed into peptides by cytoplasmic proteases and the proteasome, a multioatalytic proteinase complex associated with the Lmp2, Lmp7, and LmplO protein. As used herein, the term "MHC class I and peptide" includes such naturally occurring complexes, and in addition includes peptides that differ from native antigen-derived peptides but which are nonetheless able to form a complex with class I that is effective to maintain functional cells according to the invention. Exemplary peptides that differ from native antigen-derived peptides may contain unnatural amino acids, e.g., D-amino acids, as well as naturally- occurring amino acids. Preferred MHC class I and peptide complexes are those in which a cham of amino acids between 8 and 10 residues in length is correctly complexed with an MHC class I molecule that is either semi-allogeneic, i.e., at least one MHC class I allele is mismatched and at least one MHC class I allele is matched between donor and recipient, or syngeneic, i.e., all MHC class I alleles are matched between donor and recipient, where the MHC class I and peptide complex contributes to the re-education or re-selection ofthe immune system. In some embodiments, the MHC class I and peptide are present on the surface of cells that are administered to the patient. Other MHC class I/peptide complexes are soluble complexes that are not expressed on the surface of a cell. In particular embodiments, the extracellular region of MHC class I (e.g., a Fab fragment of MHC class I ) or soluble, full-length MHC class I is incubated with one or more peptides according to known methods under conditions that allow a peptide to bind the MHC class I fragment, and the resulting MHC class I and peptide' complex is administered to the patient. In other embodiments, a mixture of MHG class I and peptide are administered to the patient, and the MHC class I and peptide bind in vivo after administration to the patient. In some embodiments, the administered MHC class I has 1, 2, 3, or 4 alleles with at least 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, or 100% sequence identity to that MHC class I expressed by the patient. Sequence identity is typically measured using sequence analysis software with the default" parameters specified therein (e.g., Sequence Analysis Software Package of the Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Center, 1710 University Avenue, Madison, WI 53705). This software program matches similar sequences by assigning degrees of homology to various substitutions, deletions, and other modifications.
By "functional cell," is meant cells that carry out their normal in vivo activity. In certain desirable embodiments of the invention, the cells are capable of expressing endogenous self-peptide in the context of MHC class I.
By "predetermined type," when used h reference to functional cells, is meant a defined cell type. For example, one skilled in the art may decide to carry out the, method ofthe present invention in order to increase or maintain the number of functional islet cells in the pancreas. In this example, the cells of a predetermined type are islet cells or islet precursor cells.
Standard assays can be used to determine whether administered cells form cells ofthe predetermined cell type in vivo. For example, cells maybe analyzed for expression of particular proteins (e.g., proteins specific for the predetermined cell type) using standard Western or immunofluorescence analysis or for the expression of particular mRNA molecules (e.g., mRNA molecules specific for the predetermined cell type) using a cDNA array (Ausubel et al. , supra). Examples of other characteristics ofthe administered cells that maybe analyzed to determine whether they have been converted into the desired cell type include the size of the cell, cell morphology, volume of cytoplasm, and cell function (e.g., production of insulin or other hormones).
By "semi-allogeneic," is meant a match of at least one marker, for example, an MHC class allele, between cells ofthe same type from different individuals ofthe same species. Desirably at least two or three MHC class I alleles match between the donor and the host. Standard methods may be used to determine whether an MHC class I allele expressed by a donor cell matches an MHC class I allele expressed by the recipient. For example, antibodies specific for a particular MHC class I allele can be used to determine what alleles are expressed. Alternatively, PCR amplification of nucleic acids encoding MHC class I alleles can be used. 3y "syngeneic donor cell" or "isogeneic donor cell," is meant (i) a donor cell that is genetically identical, or matched at the HLA region (i.e., has at least four, and preferably all 6, ofthe standard markers in common with), to a cell of the recipient or (ii) a donor cell that is re-administered to the same patient from which it was obtained.
A "TNF-alpha inducing agent," is desirably a compound that results in the expression of endogenous TNF-alpha, enhances secretion of TNF-alpha, or enhances bioavailability or stability of TNF-alpha. However, TNF-alpha agonists, agents that stimulate TNF-alpha signaling or enhance post-receptor TNF-alpha action, or agents that act on pathways that cause accelerated cell death of autoimmune cells, are also included in this definition. Stimulation of TNF- alpha induction (e.g., by administration of CFA) is desirably carried out prior to, after, oc during administration (via implantation or injection) of cells in vivo.
By "lymphopenia" is meant a decrease in the total number of lymphocytes in a blood sample from a mammal. In some embodiments, this decrease is due to death of lymphocytes, such as T-cells, B-cells, and/or macrophages. In certain embodiments, this decrease is due to redistribution of lymphocytes.
By "nonspecific," in reference to lymphopenia, is meant a reduction in the total number of lymphocytes in an individual, and is not limited to a subset of lymphocytes.
By "selectively killing blood cells" is meant directly or indirectly reducing the number or relative percentage of a subpopulation of blood cells (e.g., autorea'ctive lymphoid cells such as T- or B cells or the defective antigen present ng cells) such as a subpopulation of unstimulated cells or stimulated cells. In desirable embodiments, the subpopulation is a subset of T-cells, B-cells, or macrophages. Desirably, the killed memory T-cells are autoimmune T-cells, i.e., T-cells that are activated by presented self epitopes. In desirable embodiments, the killed naϊve T-cells are cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T- cells. Desirably, the number of autoimmune T-cells or cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T-cells decreases by at least 25, 50, 100, 200, or 500% more the number of healthy non-autoimmune T-cells decreases. In some embodiments, the number of autoimmune T-cells or cells that would otherwise become autoimmune T-cells decreases by at least 25, 50, 75, 80, 90, 95, or 100%), as measured using standard methods. The T-cells can be killed due to any pathway, such as apoptosis, necrosis, and/or activation induced cell death. Apoptosis can be assayed by detecting caspase-dependent cell shrinkage, condensation of nuclei, or intranuclear degradation of DNA. Necrosis can be recognized by caspase-independent cell swelling, cellular degradation, or release of cytoplasmic material. Necrosis results in late mitochondrial damage but not cytochrome C release.- In some embodiments, memory T-cell are killed by apoptosis, and naive T-cells are killed by necrosis. For the treatment of lupus, B-cells are desirably killed or, alternatively, they are allowed to developmentally mature.
By "stimulated blood cell" is meant a blood cell (e.g., a memory T-cell, a B-cell, or a macrophage) that has been exposed to an antigen. By "unstimulated blood cell" is meant a blood cell (e.g., a naϊve T-cell, a
B-cell, or a macrophage) that has not been exposed to an antigen.
By "pathologic T cell" is meant a T cell that is involved, or has the potential to be involved, in an autoimmune response or disorder.
Stimulated cells tend to be in later stages of maturation than unstimulated cells, iϊ' active progression through the cell-cycle, and/or involved in infiltrating a diseased or damaged organ or tissue. Unstimulated cells tend to progress through the cell -cycle more slowly or not at all. Memory T-cells tend to express a higher density' of IL-2 receptor (e.g., 10-20% higher density) than naϊve T-cells. Naϊve T-cells tend to express a higher density (e.g., a 5-20% higher density) of CD45RBhigh, CD95, and/or CD62L than memory T-cells.
By "purified" is meant separated from other components that naturally accompany it. Typically, a factor (e.g., a protein, small molecule, or cell) is substantially pure when it is at least 50%, by weight, free from proteins, antibodies, and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associaied. Desirably, the factor is at least 75%>, more desirably, at least 90%, and most desirably, at least 99%, by weight, pure. A substantially pure factor may be obtained by chemical synthesis, separation ofthe factor from natural sources, or production ofthe factor in a recombinant host cell that does not naturally produce the factor. Proteins, vesicles, chromosomes, nuclei, other organelles, and cells may be purified by one skilled in the art using standard techniques such as those described by Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000). The factor is desirably at least 2, 5, or 10 times as pure as. the starting material, as measured using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, column chromatography, optical density, HPLC analysis, or western analysis (Ausubel et al, supra). Preferred methods of purification include, immunoprecipitation, column chromatography such as immunoaffinity chromatography, magnetic bead immunoaffinity purification, and panning with a plate-bound antibody.
Brief Description ofthe Drawings
The application file contains drawings executed in color (Fig. 1). Copies of this patent or patent application with color drawings will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
Figure 1 is a table that demonstrates the presence of Y-chromosome positive cells in adult female NOD mouse pancreatic islets with disease reversal. Column 1 and column 2 represent two different female NOD mice with long term correction of their disease defined as the reversal of hyperglycemia followed by regeneration ofthe insulin-secreting cells in the pancreas. All histology sections from each animal were stained by immunohistochemistry and were from consecutively cut specimens. The first row shows the stain ofthe pancreas with insulin antibodies, demonstrating the reappearance of beautiful islets free of disease. The second row demonstrates that Y-chromosome staining ofthe same islet produces punctuate dark pink staining of the Y chromosome only within the islet tissue and associated duct tissue, but not within the associated exocrine portions ofthe pancreas. This result is definitive evidence that the origin ofthe reappe;ιring islets is the male donor splenocytes. Row 3 is a close-up picture of the associated duct that also shows that the Y cells were not only present in the islet but also populate the duct tissue. The duct was repopulated by the donor cells and is less uniform than the islet repopulation. In general, almost all the islet tissue in the pancreases of these mice was of donor origin, as demonstrated by the uniform Y chromosome presence in all cells. The ducts in the pancreases of these animals may be of completely female origin or of a mixed origin composed of both female and male cells. Row 4 demonstrates that a developmental marker of early islet regeneration is PDX-1. The staining ofthe pancreatic sections reveals bright PDX-1 staining, exclusively in the regenerating islet but not in the associated exocrine portions ofthe pancreas.
Figures 2A-2C are graphs demonstrating the percentage of CD8 CD45RBhlgh, CD8 CD62L, and CD8 CD95 cells in mice treated with or without CFA and with or without donor splenocytes. Figures 3 A and 3B are graphs ofthe percent change in the mean antigen density in mice treated with or without CFA and with or without donor splenocytes.
Figure 4 is a table demonstrating the ability of multiple doses of TNF- alpha to inhibit insulitis in 20 to 35 week old, diabetic mice. Figure 5 is a list of exemplary death receptors.
Figure 6 is list of exemplary inhibitors of cell death that can be used to prevent death of transplanted donor cells or of endogenous healthy cells (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California). An exemplary inhibitor of necrosis is geldanomycin, and an exemplary inhibitor of apoptosis is zVAD-fmk.
Figure 7 is a list of standard kits that can be used to measure the level of cell death (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California).
Figure 8 is list of exemplary compounds that induce cell death (Oncogene Research Products, 2002/2003 catalogue, San Diego, California). Figure 9 is a table that summarizes the analysis of splenocytes or PBLs from mice injected biweekly for 40 days with 107 donor cells. Fewer cells may also be used in each injection in the present methods, especially if the cells are administered more often and/or for longer. Column "Whole GFP+%>" lists the percentage of splenocytes or PBL cells that are fluorescent, indicating they are of donor origin. Column "H-2kb+GFP+" lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and that express the same class 1 locus as the donor cells. Column "CD3+ + GFP+" lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express CD3, which is only expressed on T-cells. Column "B220+ GFP+" lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express B220, which is only expressed on B-cells. Column "Mac-1 + GFP+" lists the percentage of analyzed cells that are fluorescent and express Mac-1, which is only expressed on macrophages.
Figure 10 is a table that summarizes characteristics of mice treated with various methods ofthe present invention. "TNF-α low dose" refers to a 2 μg dose of TNF α. "Sp" denotes splenocytes, and "Bm" denotes bone marrow donor cells. "(-)" i dicates no significant difference compared to untreated control mice, "(+)>" "(++)." and "(+++)" denote increasing differences (e.g., increased activity or increased number of cells) compared to untreated control mice. Figure 11 is a table summarizing conditions that promote regeneration.
Detailed Description We have succeeded in regenerating a functioning organ (the islet cells of a pancreas) in an animal with a damaged pancreas, and have shown that almost all ofthe visible portions ofthe organ, as well as a large portion ofthe bile ducts, are of donor origin.
The present methods for increasing the number of functional cells of a predetermined cell type in a patient have a number of advantages. For example, the present methods are robust and durable. The methods can be used to replace most or all of an endogenous organ using donor cells ofthe same cell type or of a different cell type as the organ. The methods can also be performed without immunosuppression for nonspecific inactivation or death of autoimmune cells.
These following examples are provided for the purpose of illustrating the invention and should not be construed as limiting.
, Materials and Methods
Diagnosis and Treatment of Mice
Female NOD mice were obtained from either Taconic Farms (Germεntown, NY) or Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME). C57BL/6J mice were obtained from The Jackson Laboratory. All mice were maintained under pathogen free conditions.
NOD mice were screened for the onset of diabetes by monitoring their body weight and blood sugar level. The criteria for diagnosis of diabetes included two consecutive blood sugar concentrations exceeding 400 mg/dl. Mice with blood sugar levels greater than 400 mg/dl were given daily injections of 1.0 to 1.5 units of Neutral Protamine Hagedom (NPH) human insulin for each 100 grams of body weight to prevent immediate death due to hyperglycemia. The use of such severely diabetic mice relatively late after disease onset ensures that the endogeαous pancreas islets were completely obliterated prior to transplantation of the donor islet cells.
Splenocyte donors included normal C57 mice, C57 β2M " " mice whose cells hcve a decreased ability to express MHC class I and peptide on their surface due to trie ablation ofthe chaperone protein β2microglobulin but can express MHC class I and self peptide when exposed to normal mouse serum, C57 β2M ~'~ TAP _ mice which have a decreased ability to re-express MHC class I and self peptide, and MHC class IT_ mice in which the I-A gene is disrupted and the E locus for MHC class II is not expressed because of endogenous defects in the C57 strain. Splenocytes, generally at a dose of 9x 106 cells, were injected into some NOD recipients through the tail vein twice a week. TNF-alpha, which is commercially available from a variety of vendors including Genentech (South San Francisco, CA), Hoffman-LaRoche (Basel, Switzerland), Boehringer Ingelheim (Germany), Asahi Chemical Industry (Japan), and Sigma- Aldrich (St. Louis, MO), was administered intraperitoneally (1-20 μg per dose, 2 to 3 times per week) to eliminate autoreactive cells and promote regeneration in the host by recapitulating the embryonic program of blood vessel endothelium, i.e. induction of NF-κB and/or VEGF. CFA (Difco Laboratory, Detroit, MI) was mixed with an equal volume of physiological saline, and approximately 1-50 μl were injected into each hind-footpad at the time ofthe islet transplantation or after the first splenocyte injection.
Islet Transplantation
"islets were isolated from donor C57 mice or 6 to 8 week-old pre-diabetic female NOD mice and served as a glucose clamp and the source of MHC class I and seiz-peptide. Gradient centrifugation followed by manual selection of islets was performed to ensure that both preparations were highly emiched for islets and to accurately detemiine the number of transplanted islets. Approximately 500 to 600 specially selected islets were grafted beneath the left kidney capsule of each diabetic NOD recipient. For islet encapsulation, 900-1100 islets were enclosed in 0.2-0.5 cm diameter alginate spheres that were surgically inserted into the peritoneal cavity of diabetic NOD mice. Transplantation was considered successful if the non-fasting blood glucose concentration returned to normal within 24 hours after surgery. The glucose concentration ofthe recipient's blood was monitored three times a week after transplantation with a Glucometer Elite instrument (Bayer Corp., Pittsburgh, PA). Allografts were considered to have been rejected if the blood glucose concentration increased to more than 250 mg/dl at two monitoring time points. The recipients that rejected allografts were tagged for histόlogical examination and flow-cytometric studies.
To determine the effect of the endogenous pancreatic islets in the control of blood sugar concentration, the subrenal islet transplants were surgically removed and analyzed. Similarly, islets that had been encapsulated in alginate spheres were removed, as necessary, from the peritoneal cavity after direct localization using a dissecting microscope. Histological analyses ofthe pancreata and allograft were performed by (i) staining with hematoxylin and eosin for evaluation of lymphoid infiltrates and (ii) staining with aldehyde-fuchsin for insulin islet content. The entire pancreas from splenic to duodenal stomach i' attachments was removed, fixed, and subjected to serial sectioning, usually at 10 μm per section.
Example 1 CFA treatment and islet transplantation in NOD mice.
Hosts for the transplantation experiments were severely diabetic female NOD mice, usually greater than 20 weeks of age, which exhibited blood glucose concentrations of greater than 400 mg/dl for at least seven days and had been treated by daily administration of insulin for that length of time. Islet transplants were placed unilaterally in the kidney capsule to facilitate non-lethal removal and histological examination. Islets from 6-8 week-old pre-diabetic donor females or from normal C57 donor mice were rapidly rejected by diabetic NOD hosts in all cases, usually by day 9. Although C57 donor islets with transient ablation of class I survive indefinitely in non-immunosuppressed diabetic and non-autoimmune diabetic hosts, the survival time for β2M ~'~ C57 islets in diabetic NOD females is only about two to three times that of normal C57 islets. This observation confirms that the ablation ofthe donor cells is related to the current disease, and not related to allograft rejection. CFA treatment prolonged survival of syngeneic islet grafts in diabetic NOD hosts, but had a minimal effect on the survival of C57BL/6 islets, which were uniformally rejected about 11 days after transplantation. However, the combination of β2M C57 islet transplants with CFA treatment resulted in sustained normoglycemia for more than 120 days in 5 out of 14 diabetic hosts. Although the duration of hyperglycemia before initiation ofthe therapy varied between 7 and 20 days in these cohorts, the length of this interval was not statistically related to the duration of sustained normoglycemia after treatment. The animals in this study with sustained normoglycemia also had progressive weight gain similar to that in NOD female host cohorts that never became diabetic. The normalization of blood sugar concentration is a measure of treatment success. fter the recurrence of hyperglycemia in NOD mice that had been treated with CFA and syngeneic NOD transplants that do not have MHC class I- presented self-peptide, the kidney containing the allograft was examined histologically. Macrophage and T-cell specific infiltrates were apparent under the kidney capsule at the site of transplantation, a characteristic of recurring autoimmune disease. Moreover, no intact islets were detected in the pancreas.
Although an occasional host had islet remnants in the pancreas, these were largely obscured by dense pockets of infiltrating lymphocytes. This recurrence of hyperglycemia after administration of NOD transplants maybe due to the inability ofthe MHC class I in the NOD transplants to present peptide because of an error in this pathway in NOD mice. This lack of peptide presented by MHC class I cells may prevent the transplanted cells from inducing tolerance. Alternatively, even if NOD islets present MHC class I and peptide, it is possible that a single exposure of a parenchymal cell is insufficient. Thus, the host NOD mice generate autoimmune T-cells that destroy the transplanted cells. Similar histological characteristics, including infiltrating lymphocytes at both the transplant site and in the pancreas, were apparent in diabetic NOD mice that received CFA in combination with semi-allografts from C57 donors. Unexpectedly, for all NOD mice with long-term normoglycemia, after removing the β2M" "C57 islets, and after CFA treatment, no surviving allografts were detected under the kidney capsule when the animals were examined more than 129 days after transplantation using this protocol. In contrast, the pancreas in each of these five recipients exhibited well-formed islets that appeared completely granulated when stained with aldehyde-fuchsin. Our results show that the islets were free of lymphocytes, with lymphocytes only present around the circumference ofthe islets. This pattern of lymphocyte accumulation, with lymph cytes surrounding, but not invading the islets has been associated with non-progressing or interrupted beta cell autoimmunity. The return to normoglycemia in the absence of detectable transplanted islet tissues, together with the presence of islets in the pancreas largely devoid of infiltrating lymphocytes indicates not only that autoimmunity has been interrupted, but also that the function of the endogenous beta cells had been restored. This disruption of autoimmunity is thought to be due, at least in part, to the induction of TNF- alpha by the administered CFA, and the destruction of autoimmune T-cells by the resulting TNF-alpha. Additionally, the expression of MHC class I with an allele that matches the host and peptide by the donor cells induces tolerance by T-cell re-selection perhaps both by necrosis and apoptosis that also prevents destruction ofthe transplanted cells and regenerating organ.
The relative contribution of endogenous cells and donor cells to restoring endogenous beta cell activity was measured to determine whether the increase in beta cell activity was a result of endogenous regeneration from host precursor cells or, as demonstrated below, the conversion of donor lymphoid cells or donor islets into hosts islets. As described below, although rescue may play a role in the reversal of early diabetes and late diabetes, the administered donor cells were cells that could become host pancreatic beta cells. Restoration of near normal pancreiitic islet histology was observed only in diabetic NOD mice that received both the β2M "/" allograft and the CFA treatment. Pancreatic islets were not detected in any diabetic NOD mouse treated with CFA and syngeneic NOD islets. The persistence of normoglycemia in recipients of syngeneic NOD islets was apparently solely due to transplanted islets which always exhibited invasive insulinitis. Here, treatment with CFA, together with syngeneic NOD islets may have slowed disease recurrence, but persistent autoimmunity remained. We also assessed the relative contribution of restored endogenous pancreatic islets and transplanted islets to the maintenance of normoglycemia in NOD mice treated with CFA and allografts from β^"7" C57 donors. The relative contribution ofthe endogenous pancreatic islets was determined by removing the kidney containing the islet transplants after 120 days of normoglycemia from a group of five animals, as well as from a control group that had not received the allograft. All five mice which had received the allograft remained normoglycemic after nephreφtomy until they were killed 3-60 days later. Histological analysis of kidneys that had not received the graft revealed a complete loss of identifiable islet structures. In contrast, the pancreata for all five allograft recipients contained well-formed islets, either without lymphoid infiltrates or with circuimerentially distributed lymphocytes only. Normoglycemia after nephrectomy was thus maintained solely by endogenous pancreatic islet that we now know had reappeared in the host by both rescue as well as regeneration from endogenous or exogenous sources.
These results were affirmed by analysis of nephrectomies performed during ϊhe post-transplant period of normoglycemia on two mice which had received CFA plus syngeneic NOD islets. In this case, the treatment resulted in a rapid return to hyperglycemia, demonstrating that the control of blood sugar in this treatment group was mediated solely by the transplanted islet tissue. Diabetic NOD mice were also transplanted with islets from C57 mice in which the genes from both the β2M and TAP1 genes had been deleted. Together with TAP2, TAP1 mediates transport of endogenous peptides from the cytosol into the lumen ofthe endoplasmic reticulum for the assembly with MHC class I molecules. Our data us:ng C57 mice in which the genes for both β2M and TAP1 had been deleted showeα that these mice are more defective in the presentation of MHC class I self-antigens than those only having a mutation in the β2M gene. Transplantation of these double-knockout C57 islets lacking both β2M and TAP1, combined with the injection of CFA results in return of hyperglycemia within 14 days in some of the animals. Two out of six NOD mice treated with the double knock out Class I cells had normoglycemia after 40 days of treatment. Physiological examination of the pancreas revealed a pattern typically seen in untreated diabetic NOD mice. The decrease in efficiency of this protocol supports the important role of correctly assembled and administered MHC class I and peptide complexes. Based on these results, a transient interruption of peptide presentation of donor MHC molecules or a transient deficient MHC class I is important for the abrogation of autoimmunity. This transient ablation or decreased MHC class I or permanent presentation of donor MHC class I also appears to be a feature that allows these cells to transform into other cell types. In contrast, the sustained interruption of this process prevents the re-establishment of tolerance and the restoration of endogenous pancreatic islet integrity. The repeat administration of a normal MHC class I and self peptide or a short lived cell showed similar efficacy. Given that the restoration of normoglycemia in diabetic NOD hosts treated with CFA and β2M_/" C57 islets cannot depend on the continuing secretion of insulin by the islet graft, we now investigated whether C57 donor cell types, other than islets, might serve a therapeutic role. We initially performed these experiments expecting the C57 donor cell to provide MHC class I and self- peptide. As shown by the following results, donor lymphoid cells actually transform into insulin secreting beta cells in the host or fuse with damaged cells ofthe host or adjacent cells ofthe host. In these experiments, nine diabetic NOD mice were treated with a single bilateral injection of CFA, followed by a 40-day regimen of biweekly intravenous injections of C57 splenocytes. These lymphoid cells express both MHC class I and MHC class II proteins and survive only
, transiently in NOD hosts because of presumed graft rejection. However, contrary to the prior assumption that this would be only a transient treatment, these donor cells survive long-term without a need for immunosuppression in the host. Repeat injections of splenocytes ensured that the host was continuously exposed to antigen presentation complexes on the surface of these cells. Recipients were monitored for hyperglycemia every 3-4 days and insulin was administered daily unless hormoglycemia returned. A control group of four diabetic NOD mice received daily insulin injections only. All four control group mice died on or before'day 25 ofthe experimental period as a result of poor control of blood sugar and consequent ketoacidosis. In contrast, some ofthe mice injected with CFA and C5'7 splenocytes were alive after 40 days, and three of these animals had become normoglycemic and insulin independent.
While the pancreata of control mice exhibited pronounced lymphocytic infiltrates that obscured any remaining islet structures, the pancreata ofthe four NOD mice that were treated with CFA and C57 splenocytes and remained alive but hyperglycemic and insulin dependent revealed a- marked decrease in the number of lymphoid infiltrates located circumferentially or adjacent to the infrequent islet structures. In the three NOD mice treated with C57 splenocytes and CFA that remained normoglycemic after the discontinuation of insulin injections, the pancreata exhibited abundant islets that were free of invasive insulinϊtis or islets associated only with circumferential lymphocytes. The treatment of CFA combined with re-exposure to C57 lymphocytes resulted in complete reversal of diabetes in approximately 30%> of NOD recipients and partial restoration of beta cell function in approximately an additional 40% of hosts. Subsequent experiments were conducted to determine whether the efficier.cy ofthe system could be improved by regulating glycemic control in the host. The reversal of diabetes in NOD mice by CFA and repeat exposure to C57 splenocytes indicated that the restoration of endogenous islet function is achievable without islet transplantation and despite the poor glycemic control attained by insulin injection. To determine whether the restoration of endogenous beta cell function could be achieved more consistently with better control of blood glucose, insulin injections were replaced with the intraperitoneal implantation of alginate encapsulated C57 mouse islets. Alginate encapsulation prevents direct contact between the donor tissue and the host T-cells and such grafts have been shown ΪO provide near normoglycemic control for 40 days in approximately 78% of autoimmune NOD recipients. Almost all diabetic NOD mice that received alginate encapsulated C57 islets exhibited improved glucose regulation or normoglycemia. The alginate spheres were removed 40-50 days after implantation, and the blood glucose concentration was monitored. The seven mice treated only with alginate encapsulated islets, the six mice that received a single bilateral injections of CFA, and the three mice treated with biweekly injections of C57 splenocytes, all exhibited a rapid return to hyperglycemia and early death after removal of the implants. Pancreata of NOD mice that received only alginate encapsulated islets revealed no sign of intact islets or of lymphoid infiltrates. The pancreata of NOD hosts treated with CFA and alginate encapsulated islets exhibited marked invasive insulinitis and obscured islet structures, hi contrast, seven ofthe nine diabetic NOD hosts that received CFA and C57 splenocytes remained normoglycemic for more than 40 days after removal ofthe alginate encapsulated islets. The pancreata of these animals contained large islets with circumferentially distributed lymphocytes. The islet mass after at least 80 days of disease reversal was estimated to be approximately 50%) ofthe original value. The pancreata from control BALB/C mice contained approximately 25-35 islets, and the pancreata from successfully treated NOD mice contained approximately 12-20 islets, as determined by serial histological sectioning.
Ϊn addition, the maintenance of normoglycemia due to the treatment increased the percentage of diabetic mice permanently cured of hyperglycemia. We next identified features of this treatment regimen that contributed to the production of a positive outcome. As is noted above, CFA was used to induce the endogenous production of TNF-alpha, as well as other cytokines believed beneficial for removal of autoimmunity and to promote regeneration. The role of TNF-alpha in the treatment of diabetes was therefore investigated by the intravenous administration of rat IgGl monoclonal antibodies to the cytokine TNF-alpha at a dose of approximately 1.5 mg/day for the first 10 days in diabetic NOD hosts treated with C57 splenocytes, CFA, and alginate encapsulated islets. All five NOD mice so treated exhibited a rapid return to hyperglycemia upon removal ofthe alginate encapsulated islets 50-70 days after transplantation consistent with the role of TNF-alpha in the beneficial effect of CFA. In a related experiment, an anti-TNF-alpha antibody (clone MP6-X73) was administered at a dose of 1.5 mg/day for 10 days after administration of CFA, C57 splenocytes, and alginate encapsulated islets into diabetic NOD mice (n=5). After removal ofthe alginata-encapsulated islets at day 40, hyperglycemia returned immediately in all five mice. In mice treated similarly except for the administration ofthe anti-TNF- alpha antibody, normoglycemia was maintained in seven out of nine NOD mice after removal ofthe alginate beads. The specificity ofthe effect induced by the anti-TNF-alpha monoclonal antibody was confirmed by the failure ofthe control rat IgGl monoclonal antibody reactive with human T-cell receptor beta 1 chain to produce a therapeutic effect.
To demonstrate an increase in TNF-alpha levels due to administration of CFA, levels of TNF-alpha were measured in NOD mice after a single injection of CFA with or without donor lymphocytes. As Table 1, slightly elevated levels of TNF-alpha were transiently detectable in NOD mice for 2-5 days after a single injection of CFA with or without splenocytes. NOD mice at days 2-8 after a single dose of CFA also have decreased platelet levels from 30,000-60,000/mm3. This data indirectly supports CFA's induction of TNF-α in NOD mice.
TABLE 1. Treatment of NOD mice with CFA results in elevated plasma TNF- alpha.
TNF (μg/mL)
Group Donor Cells CFA Day O Day 2 Day 5 Day Day
21 40
1 .40 .35 .41 .42 .38
2 + .51 20.1 18.1 .49 .30 3 C57BL/6 + .35 21.7 17.5 .50 .57
TNF-α concentrations were measured by solid phase ELISA using a sandwich technique with two different monoclonal antibodies to mTNF-alpha, one of which was conjugated to horse radish peroxidase (Sigma, St. Louis, MO). The limit of detection was 0.2 units/ml.
The data presented above show that the injection of CFA, the endogenous induction of TNF-alpha, or the administration of TNF-alpha directly results in the permanent elimination of TNF-alpha sensitive cells,- the majority of which have previously seen islet cell antigens. In addition to the beneficial apoptotic death or effect on the lymphoid system, we also demonstrated that TNF-alpha binds directly to TNF Receptor 2 on the vascular endothelium, the complementary matrix for differentiation, and the islet precursor cells or islet beta cells themselves, thereby possibly also promoting regeneration in the pancreas. We further showed that the introduction of MHC class I peptide complex expression, either on the surface of normal islet cells or normal lymphocytes, results in a partial, but stable, reselection of T-cell population from the NOD hosts leading to an increase in the abundance of long-term memory cells. MHC class I and self- peptide reintroduction is important for the reselection of cells that probably have less stimulation with islet cell antigen, but the equivalent potential for autoreactivity (see, for example, U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 09/521,064, filed March 8, 2000, and 09/768,769, filed January 23, 3001, and PCT publication WO00/53209, published September 14, 2000, which are each incorporated by reference). Furthermore, additional studies presented herein show that these cells actually persist long-term in the host. We demonstrate that without any immunosuppression to the host, the semi-allogeneic MHC class I splenocyte origin c ells or splenocyte residing cells, as well as semi-allogeneic cells from spleens differentiated into islets, persist long-term in the host without the need for immunosuppression. Furthermore, the reversal of any poorly controlled metabolic condition appears to promote the regenerative process and the reversal of established disease.
Example 2 Optimizing a curative therapy in the diabetic NOD mouse In order to examine the differential effects of CFA, BCG, TNF-α, and splenocyte administration, late stage NOD mice (>15 weeks of age) were randomly assigned to one of four treatment groups, i.e., one injection of CFA, one injection of BCG (4mg/kg), one injection of 10 ug TNF-α, or one injection of FI splenocytes (lxl 06 cells, IV) obtained from normal donors. The treated NOD mice were serially sacrificed on day 2, day 7, and day 14 (Table 2). An examination of pancreatic histology evaluated the effects of the interventions on invasive insulitis (Table 3).
Table 2 shows that on day 2 both a single injection of CFA and a single injection of low dose TNF-α (10 μg) had eliminated completely all subpopulations of cells with in vitro TNF-α sensitivity. At day 7 and day 14, this population of TNF-α sensitive cells was again evident. Simultaneous pancreatic histology of these cohorts confirmed a dramatic reduction in insulitis, as well as a lingering effect lasting beyond day 14 with respect to insulitis (Table 3).
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
The responses to FI splenocytes and BCG were markedly different than that seen with CFA and TNF-α, and somewhat different from each other. The therapeutic effect of FI splenocytes was an elimination of the NOD lymphoid cells, which we believe represent pathogenic naϊ've cells, perhaps through a direct or indiiect mechanism (Table 2). TNF-α sensitivity remained and the FI splenocyte therapeutic impact lasted beyond day 14. The histology revealed a less dramatic impact on the numbers of NOD islets with remaining invasive insulitis. In addition, FI splenocytes eliminated "cords" of invasive insulitis per islet instead of the more homogenous central elimination of insulitis characteristic of either TNF-α or CFA (not shown).
Unexpectedly, BCG, a known inducer of TNF-α had a greater impact on the elimination of tissue culture (naϊve) sensitive, pathogenic cells than it had on the elimination of pathogenic memory cells. The therapeutic effect of a single, low done injection of BCG waned rapidly over the time course of 14 days (Table 2). Th histologic analysis ofthe NOD pancreases confirmed partial elimination of insulitis (Table 3). Similar to the end result when MHC class I and self-peptide were reintroduced, the tissue culture-sensitive subpopulation of cells was eliminated. These data are consistent with data in our earlier publication relating to the use of two limbs of interventions to "reverse" disease in NOD mice (i.e., TNF-α and FI splenocytes). Our data show that these interventions can produce a distinct, measurable impact on specific lymphoid cell populations in the spleen. Each ofthe two limbs appears to target a different subpopulation of pathogenic cells with heightened apoptosis sensitivity. Importantly, the changes in T cell response to culture and TNF-α in vitro parallel the pancreatic histology of reduced invasive insulitis.
Although initially thought to be due to its reported induction of endogenous TNF-alpha release, the action of BCG in NOD mice appears to be predominately due to an indirect impact on naϊve cell selection by the direct killing of monocytes/macrophages that have defective MHC class I presentation and, to a lesser extent, by reduction of the measurable burden of memory cells with TT<JF-alpha sensitivity. BCG is known to infect macrophages/monocytes and, if the BCG is avirulent, induces lysis ofthe macrophage/monocyte, thus reducing hampering continued production of tuberculin particles. Macrophage/monocyte lysis releases TNF locally, with infected cells usually containing abundant intracytoplasmic concentrations of this cytokine. In the
NOD mouse, the avirulent strain of BCG causes lysis of certain subpopulations of monocytes/machrophages in an accelerated fashion. These cells appear to be developmentally "immature", with lower levels of MHC class I-self peptide expressed on the surface. This suggests that BCG sub-strains with the lowest virulence, derived from the in vitro selection of those that most rapidly lyse human or murine autoimmune monocytes, would be the best BCG strains to treat autoimmune disorders. Furthermore, these data suggest three strategies for identifying and eliminating naϊve T cells: direct death receptor stimulation ofthe T cells through a susceptible receptor on the cells; introduction of corrected antigen presenting cells or complexes; with self peptide and or self peptide/MHC class I complexes, or the introduction of agents or adjuvants like BCG that cause the direct death ofthe monocytes/macrophages with the most severe defects in antigen presentation/processing, thereby eliminating the defective educator cells. In all three strategies, endogenous monocytes/macrophages with sufficient antigen presentation to bias the T cell repertoire back towards normal reselection predominate.
Example 3 Functional impact of donor cell radiation on restoration of normoglycemia in severely diabetic NOD mice.
Severely hyperglycemic NOD mice were originally treated with CFA to induce TNF-alpha and simultaneously exposed to functional complexes of MHC class I molecules and allogeneic peptides presented on either viable splenocytes or on islets. Normoglycemia for a 40-day treatment period, a critical parameter of this approach, was induced either by the implantation of temporary alginate encapsulated islets or subrenally placed syngeneic islet transplants. Both methods of glucose control can be surgically removed to test for restored endogenous pancreatic function. All original experiments were designed to treat established NOD female mice with severe hyperglycemia and utilized a 40-day time period of tight, artificial glucose control. Utilization of this temporary glucose control permitted sufficient endogenous pancreatic re-growth ofthe endogenous pancreas to sustain normoglycemia in up to 78% of formerly hyperglycemic NOD cohorts and to restore endogenous pancreatic insulin secretion.
To dissect the mechanism to NOD disease reversal, irradiated donor cells and live cells expressing MHC class I and self-peptide were studied. These experiments tested the role of long-term donor cell survival and the role ofthe donor cell function (e.g., antigen processing) in the permanent reversal of tolerance for self-antigens. NOD hosts used in these experiments were severely diabetic NOD mice typically greater than 20 weeks of age that exhibited blood glucose concentrations of greater than 400 mg/dl for at least seven days. All diabetic NOD hosts at this late stage of disease were dead within two weeks because ofthe severity ofthe disease. Alginate encapsulated islets were implanted into the peritoneal cavity for 40 days, and the hosts were randomized to receive either CFA alone or CFA in combination with intravenous biweekly injections of irradiated C57BL/6 splenocytes. At this point, the C57BL/6 splenocytes are only semi-allogeneic to the NOD host; the splenocytes are H2KbD , and the NOD mouse is H2KdDb.
As we previously demonstrated, new cohorts of NOD mice immunized with live C57BL/6 splenocytes demonstrated restored normoglycemia. Seven of the nine newly treated NOD cohorts remained normoglycemic after the surgical removal ofthe alginate encapsulated C57 mouse islets. The reversal of autoimmunity was permanent, and the seven NOD hosts remained euglycemic for observation periods beyond 80 days at which time they were sacrificed. Eight additional NOD mice were treated with the same regimen, but with irradiated donor C57BL/6 splenocytes. In all eight cases, hyperglycemia returned within two to seven days after the removal of the alginate encapsulated islet that served as a glucose clamp during the 40-day treatment period. Pancreata of NOD mice that received live C57 splenocytes revealed abundant islets in seven of the nine mice. No signs of invasive islet lymphoid infiltrates, which are a sign of active autoimmunity, were present. When an islet was present, fewer than 10% of islet circumferential lymphoid cells encircled the pancreatic islet. Surprisingly, the pancreata of NOD mice that remained hyperglycemic and received irradiated donor splenocytes consistently revealed islets in the pancreas, but with decreased overall' abundance as assessed by serial pancreatic sections. The islets in these pancreata were accompanied with sizable circumferential islet infiltrates but lacked lymphocytes within the islet structure itself, a histological pattern referred to as invasive insulinitis. For instance, pancreata from NOD mice treated with live splenocytes and having restored normoglycemia contained approximately 6-8 islets with each serial histological section, while pancreata from NOD mice treated with irradiated splenocytes and having persistent hyperglycemia contained x
4-6 islets per serial histological section. Both irradiated and live splenocytes appeared to rid the diabetic host of invasive and destructive insulinitis. However, increased islet abundance and restored insulin secretion were only observed in NOD cohorts treated with live splenocytes. ϊn evaluating the significance of apparent histological elimination of destructive insulinitis without sufficient insulin secretion after the introduction of irradiated donor cells expressing MHC class I and self-peptide, additional diabetic NOD mice were treated. For these experiments, we used a treatment period of 40 days of donor MHC class I and self-peptides cell treatment, but extended the "glucose clamp period" of artificially restored normoglycemia from 40 to 120 days. The rationale for this experiment was to give the less efficient irradiated donor splenocyte treatment an opportunity for more complete host pancreatic rescue and a regeneration ofthe pancreatic islet. A cohort of 25 severely diabetic NOD mice was randomized for the same treatment protocol of live or irradiated intravenous MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells for 40 days with a glucose clamp now implanted for 120 days. All treated NOD cohorts of both groups were followed for extended observation times for endogenous pancreatic function after clamp removal. Because a glucose clamp containing alginate encapsulated islets has a greater than 50% failure rate in an autoimmune host after 40 days of implantation, the glucose clamps used for these diabetic hosts were syngeneic islets transplanted under the kidney capsule. We removed this glucose clamp by nephrectomy 120 days after implantation.
Placement ofthe 120-day extended glucose clamp yielded a marked beneficial effect when combined with the formerly metabolically ineffective therapy of irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells followed by an early evaluation at day 40. Functionally, 11 of the 12 NOD hosts which received live MHC class I and self-peptide expressing splenocytes continued to remain normoglycemic for observation times extending beyond 180 to 250 days after removal of the 120 day glucose clamp. Eleven out of the thirteen NOD hosts received irradiated MHC class I and peptide expressing cells and remained normoglycemic for a similar observation time. Both NOD treatment groups, receiving either live or irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells, had physiologically equivalent pancreatic islet density as assayed using histological sections ofthe pancreas. The pancreatic islets in all cohorts of these two latter groups were examined after long-term follow-up of reversed disease for 180-250 days after restored normoglycemia. Formerly diabetic NOD cohorts with normoglycemia after irradiated donor lymphoid injections -possessed healthy and abundant pancreatic islets, but they were consistently accompanied by impressive circumferential lymphoid infiltrates. This histological feature was absent in treated NOD cohorts receiving live MHC class I and self-peptide donor cells. Therefore, although irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing donor cells were effective at restoring long-term normoglycemia due to pancreatic insulin secretion, apparent non-progressive circumferential insulinitis was evident during long-term follow-up ofthe pancreas. Despite the histological differences, both experimental NOD treatment groups (all 25 cohorts) have pancreatic islets free of invasive insulinitis confirming the absence of active disease.
We also analyzed these cohorts to identify the actual composition ofthe insulin secreting beta cells in the pancreas, the blood, and the splenocytes at the time of autopsy to determine the contribution of the donor cells to long-term chimer .sm or conversion to pancreatic beta cells. These initial experiments comparing live to irradiated cells suggested that live cells had some advantages over irradiated cells. First, the live cells corrected diabetes at a much more rapid rate than irradiated cells. This result suggested that in the case of a long-term diabetic in which the regenerative capacity of the pancreas was possibly less evident, the introduction of live cells that have the ability to convert to beta cells might be an advantage. On the other hand, irradiated cells, which do not have the ability >o regenerate into pancreatic islets, may have an advantage in a new onset diabetic because of greater safety. Also, islets in mice treated with live versus dead cells appeared histologically different— in that mice treated with live cells had significantly less circumferential insulinitis than mice treated with irradiated cells which, in many cases, had very impressive circumferential insulinitis. However, we have no reason to believe that circumferential insulinitis eventually progresses to active disease following treatment with irradiated cells. There may be at least one more advantage to the regenerating tissue being of donor origin. In many of the treated NOD mice, syngeneic islet transplantation was performed under the kidney capsule. In all cases, even after complete disease reversal, syngeneic transplants exhibited pronounced peri-islet insulitis, in contrast to the regenerated semi-allogeneic islets in the pancreas, which were almost entirely free of peri-insulitis. These data suggest that syngeneic islets themselves have some yet unidentified defect that promotes an abnormal immune response, even in the presence of a fully re-educated lymphoid system.
Example 4
Reintroduction of MHC class I complexes to the cell for restored T-cell education. The histological impact ofthe introduction of cells expressing matched and mismatched MHC class I peptide complexes on treatment outcome was also analyzed. As is described herein, treatment with a TNF-alpha inducing agent, e.g., CFA, and with cells that express MHC class I peptide complexes either on the parenchymal or lymphoid cells resulted in disease reversal in several severely diabetic NOD mice. In contrast, immunization with cells expressing MHC class II peptide complexes was not obligatory. We have demonstrated the therapeutic effectiveness of MHC class I expressing islets or splenocytes from C57BL/6 strain carrying the H2K and H2D alleles (a matched and a mismatched MHC class I allele) and a self-peptide complex. We investigated whether the therapeutic effect was restricted to the matched or the mismatched MHC class I and peptide molecule or whether the effect had allelic specificity requirements for stable autoimmune disease reversal. The NOD mouse possesses two different MHC class I genes carrying the H2Kd and H2Db allele, and the NOD mouse lymphoid cells fail to express a normal density of either self-peptide MHC class I structures. Severely diabetic NOD mice were treated with CFA in combination with a glucose clamp of intraperitoneally placed islets encapsulated in alginate or subrenally transplanted syngeneic islets. The diabetic NOD hosts received concurrent biweekly immunizations with parenchymal cell lines expressing fully NOD compatible MHC class I complexes on fibroblasts (e.g., fibroblast cells from H-2 MHC recombinant donor cell lines)or fully MHC incompatible MHC class I complexes on fibroblasts. All cohorts were sacrificed approximately 40-45 days after treatment initiation for the histological evaluation ofthe pancreas. Since the fibroblast cell lines represent tumor cell lines, the cells used in these experiments were irradiated prior to intravenous immunization or injection.
The histological results in the endogenous pancreatic islets differed in the NOD cohorts receiving fully MHC class I matched or mismatched peptide complexes. NOD cohorts randomized to receive MHC class I and self-peptide mismatched cells (H2KkDk), possess pancreatic islets with massive invasive lymphoid infiltrates in five ofthe five NOD mice. Not only was invasive insulitis present throughout the pancreas, but none of cohorts demonstrated a single islet structure without insulinitis or islets with exclusively circumferential lymphoid accumulation. The histological result obtained with diabetic NOD cohorts treated with intravenous injections of matched donor fibroblasts H2Kdand H2Dd class I and self-peptide structures were dramatically different. Treatment with MHC class I matched cells eliminated the invasive insulinitis in all 14 of the 14 NOD cohorts in the pancreatic islets; 2 ofthe 14 treated NOD cohorts had pancreatic islets totally devoid of any invasive or circumferential insulinitis, and 12 ofthe 14 treated NOD cohorts possessed pancreatic islets with mild-to-moderate circum_erential infiltrates.
As presented above, the use of irradiated donor cells frequently results in the reappearance of pancreatic islets, but consistently these islets regardless of the cellular source were accompanied by circumferential lymphoid infiltrates adjacent to, but not invading, the islet structure. The ability of matched H2Kd Db fibroblasts to histologically eliminate active islet-directed autoimmunity defined by invasive insulinitis confirmed the therapeutic effect of C57BL/6 expressing cells with a nonspecific effect ofthe allogeneic H2Kb locus, but likely also benefited from the MHC class I reintroduction due to the matched H2D locus through specific T-cell receptor or cell surface receptor (e.g., CD3) engagement of the host. Therefore, the target of the therapy is likely the host T-cells. Furthermore, non-irradiated FI splenocytes from BALB/C and C57 crosses (i.e., CB6F1/J cells) similarly restored long-term normoglycemia in about 75-80% of the formerly diabetic NOD hosts receiving a single dose of CFA. Irradiated, mismatched MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells were uniformly ineffective in reversing established diabetes. Therefore, this cellular therapy administered to established autoimmune NOD cohorts had (a) a demonstration that a therapeutic effect can be achieved with only a single MHC class I allelic match; (b) a demonstration that the cells can be administered in the presence or absence of allogeneic MHC class I and self-peptide structures; (c) a demonstration that the cells injected into diabetic NOD hosts can be live or irradiated donor cells; (d) a demonstration that the cells can be parenchymal or lymphoid in origin; and (e) a demonstration that the cellular effect can be independent of donor MHC class I donor cells expressing MHC class II and self- peptide complexes since fibroblasts, an MHC class II negative cell type, and lymphocytes showed equal efficacy.
We also performed a cytotoxic T-lymphocyte assay to define the separate therapeutic effects of MHC class I and self-peptide and the therapeutic effects of CFA/TlvrF-alpha for reversal of islet-directed auto-reactivity. As detailed above, an effective therapy to reverse established autoimmunity included the introduction of both MHC class I and self-peptide matched cells and administration of CFA or another TNF-alpha-inducing agent. Here, the introduced MHC class I and self- peptide complexes were proposed to reselect poorly trained naϊve cells with the potential for autoreactivity. Indeed, peripheral tolerance homeostasis appears to be maintained by peripheral MHC class I and self-peptide complexes, and this prevents naϊve cell abundance or unstimulated T-cell abundance—a feature seen in the pre-diabetic NOD mouse or in the untreated NOD mouse after the onset of hyperglycemia. In contrast, the data presented herein indicate that autoreactive memory T-cells or cells with exposure to antigen stimulated cells are selectively sensitive to CFA presumably due to the obligatory endogenous TNF-alpha induction and subsequent apoptosis due to defects _nNFκB signaling.
To show that these observations could not simply be explained by changes in cell number, we looked at the overall abundance of CD45, CD62L, or CD95. The specific functional role of naϊve CD45RB high density cells (CD45RBhigh) in memory and the role of CD45RB low density (CD45RBlow) NOD T-cells in autoreactivity was tested in vitro in cytotoxic T-assays to islet targets. While we refer to naϊve cells as CD45RBhlgh and memory cells as CD45RBlow, these cells probably do not represent naϊve versus memory cells, but rather represent cells in different stages of activation depending on exposure to antigen. For brevity, we refer to these cells as mostly stimulated or unstimulated cells, but sometimes we also refer to these cells as naϊve or memory cells. The splenocyte donors, the source ofthe CTLs, were untreated NOD hosts, NOD hosts treated solely with CFA, and NOD hosts treated with both MHC class I and self-peptide and CFA with long-term disease reversal. Dispersed NOD islets from 8 week-old NOD female donors were used as responder cells. We used an insulin enzyme ELISA to detect T-cell lysis of syngeneic islets with insulin release from the target, as well as colorimetric quantitation of insulin by a spectrophotometer. The receptor T-cells were sorted into two pools prior to the assay: unstimulated T-cells defined as CD3 positive, CD45RBhigh, and stimulated T-cells defined as CD3 positive, CD45E_Blow. Numerous effector to target cell ratios were tested. Based on these data, art optimized T-cell effector to islet target ratio resulted in co-incubation assays of 24-hours of culture at 37°C. Using the colorimetric readout as well as the direct insulin readout we determined the relative amounts of insulin released from live beta cells, and using the ELISA assay we determined the actual amount of released insulin in the culture supernatants. These results showed that diabetic NOD derived CD3 cells, either ofthe memory type or stimulated type or ofthe unstimulated type, equivalently lysed dispersed islet cells after 24 hours of co- culture. Both the colorimetric assay and the actual measurements of released insulin confirmed the pathogenicity ofthe diabetic NOD cell populations as showing self-reactivity to syngeneic islet cells. The pathogenicity of stimulated CD45RBlow T-cells can be selectively altered. Indeed, splenocytes from NOD cohorts treated with CFA alone 25 days prior to the assay showed the selective elimination of autoreactivity of only the stimulated cell population which has the ability to lyse syngeneic dispersed islet cells. CFA treated NOD cohorts maintained unstimulated CD45RBhlgh T-cell populations with islet autoreactivity equivalent to that seen in untreated NOD splenocyte donors. Given that CFA therapy alone, with its resultant endogenous induction of TNF-alpha, was not successful in a diabetic NOD mouse in eliminating existing and late stage autoimmunity disease, the CTL results were consistent with the idea that two identifiable subpopulations of autoreactive cells may need to be manipulated in vivo for disease reversal. A marked contrast is seen in separated subpopulations of unstimulated CD45RBhigh and stimulated CD45RBIow cells obtained from successfully treated NOD cohorts that received both syngeneic matched MHC Class Tself-peptide expressing cells and CFA. These mice show complete and stable long-term elimination of both stimulated and unstimulated autoreactive T- cells w'th syngeneic islet directed autoreactivity. Taken together, the results of the CTL assay indicate that in diabetic NOD hosts, unstimulated T-cells identifiable with CD45RBhigh and stimulated T-cells expressing CD45RBlowhave islet cytotoxicity or the potential for islet cytotoxicity. Autoreactive T-cell memory subpopulations were selectively eliminated with CFA alone, while both autoreactive stimulated and unstimulated subpopulations were eliminated with syngeneic MHC class I and self-peptide and CFA. Both aspects of the treatment may be required for the elimination of existing autoreactivity due to the existence of both stimulated and unstimulated cells With autoreactive potential. Accordingly, select treatments may be designed to target and eliminate the separate cell populations. Indeed this hypothesis was supported by our earlier adoptive transfer data showing that autoreactive NOD cell populations remained after TNF-alpha treatment of diabetic donor splenocytes, presumably because ofthe ability of these cells to change their phenotype and become TNF-alpha sensitive after islet exposure.
; Example 5
T-cell re-education due to exposure to MHC class I and presented self- peptide
To demonstrate that reversal of established NOD autoimmunity was linked to MHC class I education of T-cells, we monitored NOD mice before and after diverse therapies to measure a trend towards restored CD8 T-cell selection. As illustrated in Figs. 2A-2C, untreated NOD mice or NOD mice only treated with CFA have high levels of CD62L, CD45RBhigh, and CD95 positive CD8, cells. Treatment with CFA and C57BL/6 splenocytes or class IT " splenocytes decreased the T-cell expression level of CD62L and partially normalized levels of CD45RBhigh and CD95 CD8 cells (Figs. 2A-2C). Importantly, the apparent normalization of T-cell education/selection was not observed in NOD mice treatedVith CFA therapy alone (Figs. 2A-2C). The establishment of normal numbers of memory T-cells was not observed when diabetic NOD were treated with CFA and C57BL/6 β m"/_ TAPF" splenocytes, a cell line with reduced peptide filled surface class I structures (Figs. 2A-2C). Long-term memory requires the surface expression of self major histocompatibility complex molecules, and this positive selection by introduced class I expressing splenocytes restores T-cell selection towards normal.
Previously published data supports the concept that CD 8 gene expression is maintained by proper peripheral MHC class I presentation. If class I education is interrupted, treatment of CD8 cells with 0.4% pronase followed by 48 hours of culture results in low surface re-expression of CD 8 levels (Pestano, Science 284:1187-1191, 1999). Indeed, C57BL/6 splenocytes fully recovered CD8 levels after in vitro pronase treatment: no change in CD8 density was observed after pronase (Figs. 3A and 3B). In contrast, NOD splenocytes after pronase treatment did not adequately re-express CD8 surface levels (Figs. 3A and 3B). This result confirms previously published studies of interrupted MHC class I presentation in the NOD mouse. Splenocytes from NOD mice, whose diabetes was successfully treated in vivo with C57BL/6 or C57BL/6 class IT1' splenocytes and CFA, had - improved CD8 re-synthesis after pronase treatment in vitro. In contrast, NOD mice treated only with CFA or class I deficient C57BL/6 splenocytes with CFA had persistent problems with CD8 re-synthesis similar to untreated NOD mice, confirming the persistence of interrupted T-cell selection by MHC class I structure. Simultaneously performed control experiments confirmed splenocytes from NOD mice of diverse treatment groups and splenocytes from C57BL/6 mice re-synthesize CD3 surface proteins at comparable rates (Figs. 3A and 3B). Therefore, four established parameters of interrupted CD8 education (CD45RBhigh, CD62L, cD95, and CD8 resynthesis) due to faulty MHC class I presentation, confirm that NOD mice with disease reversal have partial to complete correction of CD8 phenotypes of T-cell selection.
Example 6 Both subrenally transplanted islets and endogenous pancreatic islets show equivalent in situ islet regeneration at both sites. In the present studies, we demonstrate that an effective therapy can utilize TNF-alpha induction of CFA combined with irradiated or live MHC class I-matched cells. This combination cures diabetes in over 78%> of treated NOD hosts, in addition, we demonstrate below that functional pancreatic recovery was slower in the pancreas of cohorts receiving irradiated cells expressing MHC class I self-peptide, although long-term and stable recovery occurs at equal frequency with follow-up in excess of 120 days. To assess the long-term resistance of transplanted islets compared to re-grown endogenous pancreas islets to disease, additional sets of diabetic NOD cohorts received either live or dead MHC class I and peptide expressing splenocytes combined with syngeneic islet transplants, which served as a glucose clamp. The ectopic islet transplants under the renal capsule allowed us to evaluate disease recurrence and ectopic islet regeneration compared to that seen in the pancreas. Fluorescence immunocytochemistry was used to compare the pancreatic islets to the subrenally placed islets. In these experiments, we utilized a combination of staining to insulin and BrdU to quantify the proliferating islet mass at the two sites and to determine a possible difference in resistance of transplanted islets and endogenous pancreatic islets to recurrent disease. We can also quantify possible proliferation of islet cells and/or their precursors at the two sites in two successful therapy versions. Since there is speculation that transplanted islets without their locally adjacent pancreatic precursor cells are end stage cells, these experiments tested the hypothesis that long-term islet survival might be an exclusive pancreatic trait. These long-term NOD cohorts were compared to severely diabetic NOD mice which had received subrenal syngeneic islet transplants 8 days prior to the experiment, but without the desirable CFA and MHC Class I and self-peptide therapy. Hematoxylin and eosin staining of both subrenal and pancreatic islets of a recently diabetic NOD mouse showed impressive and large lymphoid infiltrates, almost totally obliterating the newly Transplanted NOD islets, and similarly invasive lymphoid obliteration of the pancreatic islets. Moreover, the corresponding inspection of both the renal and pancreatic sites for insulin positive cells revealed an almost totally negative result. The staining for proliferating cells assessed by BrdU at both sites also showed the lack of islets in the pancreas and a lack of any proliferation, which suggested that invasive and autoaggressive insulinitis have recurred or, alternatively, that the ongoing disease was not due to local lymphoid proliferation, but ratfcer a migration of these autoaggressive cells to the islet site. In other words, the BrdU positive cells were not more highly positive in an active rejection response, suggesting the active cells migrated to the site.
As presented above, each pancreatic section showed that NOD hosts receiving irradiated MHC class I and self-peptide expressing cells have healthy pancreatic and subrenal islet cells that are surrounded with impressive circumferential lymphoid infiltrates. These lymphoid accumulations do not progress to an invasive islet pattern even with long-term follow-up, nor do they appear to enlarge in the long-term. The immunocytochemistry ofthe islet shows that successfully treated NOD mice have insulin positive cells subrenally and in the pancreas. Furthermore, within the islet mass of both the pancreas and subrenal site of long-term corrected NOD hosts, infrequent but proliferating insulin positive cells were observed as demonstrated by the yellow cells clearly indicating co-staining with insulin and BrdU. Since we used two different dyes to co-stain insulin and BrdU (i.e., red and green, respectively) a co-staining cell is yellow,' In addition, based on the reported belief that fully differentiated islet beta cells do not proliferate, and instead are generated from progenitor cells, the insulin co-staining with BrdU (i.e., the yellow color seen by immunocytochemistry) likely represents a precursor cell in a proliferative phase. These results demonstrate that long-term endogenous and ectopic subrenal islet survival is possible after the underlying autoimmunity is reversed. Importantly, in view of our analysis of this very late stage after the successful reversal of disease, islet regeneration defined by BrdU and insulin co-staining can occur, although at a low frequency, in the pancreas and in subrenally transplanted syngeneic islets.
Using similar immunohistochemical techniques, we also examined the pancreata from long-term corrected cohorts to determine if the insulin secreting beta ce ls in the pancreas were solely due to regeneration of the pancreas from endogenous cells or if the regenerated pancreatic islets could also have originated from a donor source (e.g., from the injected splenocytes). In these experiments, we used formerly diabetic NOD mice cohorts that, after the onset of severe hyperglycemia, (i) were treated with CFA and fresh FI splenocytes from male donors administered in biweekly injections for 40 days, (ii) were implanted with a subrenal syngeneic islet transplant for 120 days, and (iii) remained normoglycemic in the long-term when the transplant was removed. These mice were subsequently sacrificed at varying time intervals of stable normoglycemia, usually greater than 60 days. The pancreata of these animals were compared to the pancreata of animals that received the same treatment regimen, except that they received irradiated male donor splenocytes administered in biweekly injections for the 40-day treatment period. These pancreata were then stained with two-color immunofluorescence in which insulin was tagged with a red fluorochrome and a Y chromosomal marker was tagged with a green marker. All splenocyte donors were of male origin; therefore this fluorescence assay was used to determine if any ofthe insulin positive cells in the pancreas were of male Y chromosome origin. We furthermore performed insulin co-staining to prove that the Y chromosomes that can be seen in the islet were of islet origin, and were not of donor lymphoid origin (Fig. 1). Yellow cells indicated the co-staining of insulin and the Y chromosome marker in a single positive cell: yellow cells were only seen in cohorts that received live FI splenocytes and not seen in the pancreatic islets of cohorts that received irradiated donor stem cells.
Furthermore, the double-positive (yellow) islet cells of donor origin with Y chromosome staining were only seen in the endocrine tissues ofthe pancreas, and not in tiae exocrine tissues, suggesting that the regeneration had occurred only in the target tissue that was injured. Moreover, in the animals that received irradiated cells, no green positive cells (i.e., Y chromosome containing cells) were seen eid er in the insulin secreting tissues ofthe pancreas or in the exocrine tissues 'ofthe pancreas. Furthermore, the cohorts that received irradiated cells also never expressed yellow cells in the exocrine or endocrine tissues of the pancreas, therefore confirming that Y chromosome positive cells were not present in animals that have received irradiated cells as part of their curative regimen.
Histological analysis ofthe islets that contained cells of donor origin revealed that, at times, whole islets were of donor origin and at other times the peripheral beta cells of the islets were mostly of donor origin. Overall, in a typical pancreas, up to 30% to 50% ofthe entire islet population of the pancreas appeared to be of donor origin suggesting that this was not an occasional phenomenon of differentiation of blood into islet origin, but was actually quite a dramatic finding. All these immunohistochemical data were derived from cohorts with long-term normoglycemia, as determined usually around 120 days after the original islet transplant or after the original splenocyte injection.
Experiments performed on NOD mice for the regeneration of pancreatic islets have revealed a number of transcription factors that are beneficial for the methods ofthe invention and a number of protein expression patterns that are signatures of organ/tissue regeneration. NOD mice have at the site of vigorous islet regeneration increased VEGF expression, increased Flk-1 expression, and locally high levels of proteasome function, including high levels of LMP-2 and INF-gamma. To accelerate the regeneration process, agents such as TNF-α, TNFR agonists, or gamma interferon can be admimstered to the host prior to the initiation of regeneration,. The administration of cytokines that induce TNF-α expression, IL- 1 β expression, HAT, NF-κB, AP-2, EGF- 1 , Sp 1 , AP- 1 , GATA, PECAM-1, activator ρrotein-2, CT-rich Spl binding activity, PDGF-A, PDGF-B, monocyte chemoattractant protein- 1, TF, Etsl, SCL/Tal-1, FGF, HATs P/CAF, PDGF, CBP/ρ300 and HIF-2-alpha (HRF, EPAS, HLF) can also be useful for the acceleration of islet regeneration. In certain cases, islet regeneration can be aided by the administration of VEGF, VEGF fragments, FGF, IGF-1, or by BV endothelium differentiation or tissue regrowth.
In other cases, one or more death receptors (e.g., the death receptors listed in Fig. 5) are inactivated on the donor cells or one or more intracellular signaling proteins that mediate cell death are inactivated in the donor cell to prevent death ofthe transplanted cells. For example, FLIP can be used to down regulate
Fas/FasL expression. In other embodiments, extracellular inhibition or reduction in IL2 (e.g., inhibition due to chemicals or antibodies) is used to upregulate FLIP which then down regulates FAS. In other embodiments, the donor cells have a blockage of IL2R, such as the binding of a chemical (e.g., a non-lytic antibody fragment) to IL2R to inhibit binding of IL2 to IL2R and thus IL2-mediated upreguiation of FAS. In other embodiments, one or more members ofthe intracellular pathway for FAS activation are inhibited in the donor cells prior to transfer. Examples include the inhibition ofthe translation of transcription factors such as cFOS, cJAN, PKC, Lck, Zap70, MAPK, Itk (IL-2 inducible T cell kinase) and JN . In particular embodiments, the transcription or translation of transcription factors is transiently inhibited with antisense oligonucleotides or by RNA interference (RNAi).
Promotion of islet regeneration can be accomplished using one agent, or more than one agent, administered with or without pluripotent cells. The progress of islet regeneration can be monitored using sequential RT-PCR analysis to probe for the induction or suppression of transcription factors after agent administration.
Example 7 Donor derived cells are also present in the blood. 3ecause of our dramatic findings in the pancreas of donor origin FI cells turning into pancreatic islets, we also serially examined both the blood and splenocytes from these cohorts to see if the blood and splenocytes were also of donor origin. Approximately eight cohorts of this long-term description were examined for the presence of Kb positive lymphoid cells in the peripheral blood; splenocytes at the time of sacrifice were also examined. As is noted above, Kb cells must be of B6 origin because the NOD mouse is of Kd origin. We analyzed peripheral blood lymphocytes from these cohorts using flow cytometry analysis and found that in the peripheral blood 12.6%, 8.3%, 10%, 0.9%, 4.4%, and 5.8% of the lymphocytes were of donor origin. In contrast, a cohort that received irradiated cells, in which staining would only represent endogenous staining (i.e., backgr und staining), had 2.9%> of lymphocytes of donor cell origin. Thus, many of these cohorts had a percentage of donor origin lymphocytes in the peripheral blood that was significantly above background and had long term co-existence of blood cells of two different genetic origins and pancreas cells of two distinct genetic origins. To better define this co-existence of donor derived and endogenous cells withou!; immunosuppression, skin transplants were also performed on these long- term cohorts from the B6 donor. We had presumed that since there was blood chimerism and now pancreatic chimerism, the skin graft would survive long-term. To our surprise, skin graft survival from the B6 cohorts was not prolonged, or not visibly-prolonged, in cohorts that retain stable blood and pancreatic islet chimeπsm, indicating that this sort of chimerism is distinct from the chimerism that results from total body irradiation followed by bone marrow reconstitution. Nonetheless, the methods described herein provide a remarkable way to transplant cells without the need for immunosuppression. In view ofthe standard knowledge in the field of transplantation prior to the present invention, donor cells that not only are chimeric— being of donor male origin bearing disparate MHC genes and remarkably turning into pancreatic islets—but also are semi- allogereic would be expected to be rejected because, while the host received CFA or TNF-alpha, the host did not receive immunosuppressive treatment. However, as is shown by our results, we were able to maintain long-term chimerism. In many ways the stable chimerism that could persist beyond 180 days after therapy terminf-tion mimics pregnancy where fetal origin FI cells can survive long-term in mothers, long after the fetus has been removed.
Example 8
Organ regeneration in GFP C57BL/6 mice. As noted above, the data described herein using mice with established diabetes (e.g., NOD mice) demonstrate the ability to re-grow islet cells in the pancreas. The experimental results are excellent and demonstrate a robust and sustained ability to achieve engraftment. To try to duplicate these results, and to determine the parameters that allow this remarkable phenomenon to occur, we set up a test system to define the parameters that allow the NOD mouse to re-grow its islets from donor blood cells. The test model used cells from GFP BL/6 (B6) mice expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) in all tissues as donor cells for introduction into B6 cohorts. Initially, we used GFP B6 splenocytes injected into normoglycemic hosts. We then examined these hosts at varying intervals for pancreatic, lung, and blood chimerism. After 90 days, no chimerism ofthe donor origin was visible. Based on these findings, we decided to test the possibility that the hosl pancreas needs to have an insult (e.g., the co-administration of strepto otocin to allow the GFP positive B6 donor lymphocyte cells to target the pancreas and also regenerate it). Therefore, GFP positive B6 cells from splenocytes and bone marrow (Hoechst 33342/SP positive cells) obtained by flow cytometry and hepatocyte origin cells were administered at doses of 5 x 10 to 5 x 107 cells over a 40-day period, and the cohorts were then examined after 40 to 195 days eiiher by eye bleeds or by sacrifice followed by examination of splenocytes. Tn these experiments, although there was injury to the pancreas, there was little persistence of long-term chimerism in the host animals. Occasionally, a pancre s positive cell of GFP origin was observed, but the data were in large part negative suggesting that we had not properly duplicated the experiments that were so successful in the NOD mouse. One potential reason for the lack of success of this experiment or for the success ofthe experiments in NOD mice is that although we had induced injury in the pancreatic islets, these animals were severely hyperglycemic. Based on our previous data, severe hyperglycemia hampered regeneration. To determine if severe hyperglycemia was interfering with the regeneration ofthe pancreas, we repeated the experiments using streptozotocin induced damage and a glucose clamp with subrenal islets and then used donor splenocytes or donor bone marrow from GFP positive B6 donors. In response to this treatment, the chimerism was still partial, not long-term, and did not represent the striking regeneration of the islet tissue.
We further optimized the treatment by administering streptozotocin to another set of B6 cohorts, inducing the glucose clamp with subrenally transplanted syngeneic islets, and co-administering TNF-alpha or CFA concurrent with the donor lymphoid cell injection. We used this protocol because we thought that we needed injury to islets to result in high TNF Receptor 2 expression on the islets or growth receptors to perhaps promote regeneration ofthe endogenous pancreatic islets. Furthermore, we thought that TNF Receptor 2 and progenitor cells from the blood might also promote endogenous GFP positive B6 islet regeneration and that CFA and TNF-alpha might be beneficial in another manner. We had previously obtained data indicating that CFA or TNF-alpha induces severe transient lymphopenia in the host, which is similar to data obtained in human clinical trials. Therefore, we injected the six hosts, not only with streptozotocin and an islet transplant, but also with CFA or TNF-alpha to induce the severe transient lymphopenia that might promote the peripheral blood chimerism. In addition, we injected splenocytes biweekly for 40 days. The results of these experiments looked much more promising, as 2-10% chimerism was detected in the peripheral blood 180 days after the completion ofthe injection and, furthermore, GFP positive cells of donor origin, although rare, were vividly expressed in the islets ofthe pancreas. In short, in the syngeneic situation, splenocytes differentiated into insulin secreting beta cells, fused with beta cells, or provided factors for regeneration. We determined that, in the C57BL/6 host, CFA or TNF-alpha is desirably not administered concurrently with the donor cells. Therefore, these experiments using syngeneic transplants instead of allogeneic transplants and using an artificial model of islet injury suggest that target organ injury or active disease promotes the regenerative process after the elimination of the disease. A metabe'lically normal state is also important and may need to be maintained, as severe yperglycemia appeared to interfere with the effectiveness of this treatment. Our results also indicate that TNF-alpha or CFA may facilitate the effectiveness of the treatment. These results likely represent a dual effect, not only of CFA's elimination of autoimmunity in the NOD mouse, but also of CFA's induction of severe lymphopenia, which, in turn may promote the chimerism of donor cells, as well as the subsequent chimerism and differentiation in the pancreas. Also, induction or administration of TNF-alpha has a beneficial effect on the target tissue or precursor cells promoting regeneration. Furthermore, it is known that the best induction of host regeneration, based on percentage success rate (92% vs. 72%), as well as the percent degree of chimerism/regeneration (approx. 87% vs. 54%), is still obtained from the administration of CFA, which is somewhat superior to the administration of TNF-alpha alone. It should be noted that once animals are successfully treated with either agent, the stability of disease reversal is equivalent. Although these results could be due to dose response phenomena, it is also observed that the simultaneous induction of INF-gamma with CFA is of direct benefit in conditioning the host vascular endothelium for recapitulating a regenerative program. Indeed, INF-gamma induces both high LMP2 and other proteasome subunits that promote vascular leakiness, a necessary step to presumed mesodermal cell migration and differentiation.
While the above experiments relate to the treatment of diabetes, these techniques obviously also are applicable to other diseases where host repair is desirable, providing new ways to transplant cells without the need for immunosuppression.
Example 9 Organ regeneration in GFP C57BL/6 mice. As noted in Example 7, additional experiments were performed using normal mice that are not of the NOD genotype to further understand and characterize the remarkable re-growth of islet cells observed in NOD mice.
Fig. 9 summarizes the many C57BL/6 mice that were treated with various therapies to achieve similar donor cell engraftment and possible re-growth of an adult organ/organelle such as the islets of Langerhans. All of these C57BL/6 hosts w ere made diabetic with streptozotocin using standard methods. In these experiments, glucose levels were not regulated using insulin injections or a temporary glucose clamp. If desired, insulin injections or a temporary glucose clamp may be used in any ofthe methods described below to optimized islet cell regeneration. It has been observed by us that in the NOD host, diabetes or late stage islet destruction is necessary for islet regrowth and thus to create a similar model of injury of the pancreatic islet, injury was induced with streptozotocin prior to the introduction of donor cells.
The Group 1 mouse was a female C57BL/6 mouse that received donor male splenocytes from a syngeneic C57BL/6 donor with GFP-actin fluorescence (C57BL/6-GFP). Thus, the donor cells can be distinguished from endogenous cells because the donor cells are of male origin (i.e., have XY chromosomes) and the endogenous cells are of female origin (i.e., have XX chromosomes). Additionally, the cells exhibit GFP fluorescence that is easily detectable using flow cytometric analysis. Removal of blood from this host and analysis of PBLs revealed that the peripheral blood only had 0.59%> GFP cells. This demonstrates that the introduction of cells of splenocyte origin was not sufficient for establishing high levels of chimerism under the conditions tested. Also, the 0.59% value represents the degree of chimerism approximately four days after the final bi-weekly injection of donor splenocytes expressing GFP suggesting low levels of C57BL/6-GFP cells remained.
Group 2 C57BL/6mice were treated as described for the Group 1 host. The spleen and the PBL ofthe treated mice were analyzed 150 days after treatment began. This treatment regimen involved bi-weekly injections of 107 cells for the first 40 days after treatment. The PBLs ofthe group 2 hosts also had low levels of donor cells. The spleen had slightly higher but still low levels of C57BL/6-GFP cells. A subset analysis seemed to suggest the blood cells expressing GFP were not confined to any select lineage. Group 2 910, 911, and 903 NOD hosts were reanalyzed by regating the flow pictures of fluorescence and had similar trends of low levels of chimerism. Group 2 mice 931, 939, 932, and 933 were also studied 87-98 days after transplantation of C57BL/6 splenocytes. The spleen of these animals had slightly higher degrees of chimerism with ranges of 4.7-13.3%>. Although this result suggests a detectable level of chimerism, this chimerism was not long lasting because by an additional 100 days, the degree of chimerism was again low. Group 3 and 4 C57BL/6 mice only differed from Group 2 and 3 mice in that Group 3 and 4 mice received donor bone marrow cells instead of splenocytes. Splenocytes were better able to engraft into the host than bone marrow donor cells. Group 5 C57BL/6 hosts received Hoechst333242 positive splenocytes; a cell type that is alleged by the scientific literature to poses stem cell traits. The transfer of these cells into the C57BL/6 hosts was only minimally successful and less successful than donor bone marrow or bone splenocytes.
Lastly, Group 7 and Group 9 C57BL/6 hosts received 107 CNS precursor cells or hepatocytes (HC), and the hosts were killed approximately 100 days after cell transplantation. The spleen of hosts demonstrated more engraftment than the PBL, and donor CNS cells or donor hepatocytes may be better able to engraft into the host than bone marrow or Hoecchst33342 cells.
It should be noted for all these experiments in all groups we never saw with donor cell treatment reversal ofthe diabetes and we did not observe above background levels a clear regeneration ofthe islets in the pancreas. The pancreases possible regrowth, even temporary, would probably not have been detected with this experimental design because the killing ofthe mice was late in most cases. Future experiments were thus conducted to see if like the NOD a simultaneous tight control of blood sugars was necessary to promote islet regrowth during the experimental observation period and to perpetuate the chimerism in a target organ.
Ϊn the NOD model of disease reversal and islet re-growth, the data show that diabetic NOD mice that receive both CFA and donor FI splenocytes exhibit islet regeneration (Fig. 10). A glucose clamp was used to regulate glucose levels and enhance islet regeneration. The data show that even very low dose TNF- alpha (e.g., doses of 2 ug/bi-weekly) can also promote the reversal of disease process.. Further experiments revealed that the substitution of CFA with TNF- alpha required TNF dosing of 10-20ug/bi- weekly. The NOD data also clearly shows at CFA alone or donor splenocytes alone were without long lasting effect at either disease elimination or islet regrowth at the time periods examined. The second part of Fig. 10 now attempts to translate the NOD success story of organ regeneration into a C57BL/6 model of regeneration. This has helped to define ihe critical elements that promote regeneration. In all ofthe C57BL/6 mice in these groups, streptozotocin was used to induce tissue injury and to make the mice diabetic. As noted above, tissue injury promotes re-growth. Again, the groups that appear to have target organ regeneration are the groups that receive donor plencoytes plus TNF-alpha. In these experiments we try to map the pathway or receptor for regeneration as involving receptor I or II. At least for receptor II stimulation with the use of a C57BL/6 mouse with a mutation that inactivates TNF-α receptor I, we can see the persistence ofthe islet regeneration to a certain degree suggesting the islet regeneration may be promoted by this later pathway. The complete experiment could not be done in the reciprocal fashion because even very low dose TNF-alpha administered to a C57BL/6 RII-/- mouse resulted in immediate death; TNF-alpha toxicity may be through this receptor I, at least in control mice. The last portion of Fig. 10 examines the effect of TNF in NOD mice in transiently promoting islet regrowth and the rapid elimination of invasive insulitis. With escalating doses of TNF, one can see not only the elimination of invasive insulitis but also islet regeneration. These NOD cohorts were typically examined about 40-50 days at the end ofthe TNF treatment course. Based on examinations of histological sections for TNFRII expression, regenerating islets demonstrated up-regulation of this receptor while there was still some tissue injury. This up- regulatlon of TNFRII may promote the beneficial effect of TNF in regeneration. For example, 20 ug dosing of TNF eliminated all the insulitis and resulted in regeneration of the islets to the most significant degree. Examination of NOD mice being treated with 20 ug TNF at earlier times prior to the end of the 40-day period would like reveal high TNFRII expression that is eliminated by the end of the 40-day period because islet regeneration is complete. Also, treatment of NOD mice with human-TNF-α, an agonist of only TNFRI in the mouse, resulted in no islet regeneration, suggesting the beneficial effect of TNF-α on organ regeneration was a function of the effect of TNF-α as an agonist of TNFRII.
Fig. 11 summarizes the diverse experiments and outcomes depending upon the host representing an NOD mouse or a normal C57BL/6 host. The use of cells of splenocyte origin, blood origin or HC may offer an advantage because these organs contain diverse cell types and the re-introduction of mobilized, but not yet fully differentiated, endothelium, mesoderm, or ectoderm may promote, facilitate, or speed the necessary recapitulation of fetal tissue interactions that promote organ regeneration in an adult. The following data support the above hypothesis. During normal embryonic pancreatic islet development, the mesoderm interacts with the BV endothelium (endoderm). This interaction may promote VEGF expression, as well as the upregulation of Flk-1 receptors. To promote this process of organ specific regeneration hi an adult, a number of steps are desirably followed. First, cells ofthe original developmental contact are desirably administered by IV injections or applied directly to the site of regeneration. For regenerating islet cells, blood vessel (BV) endothelium is desirably primed at the regeneration site by promoting the embryonic expression of VEFG, NF-κB or associated events, such as increased proteasome activity or TNFR2 expression, and then contacted with administered mesodermal cells, even if of adult origin. For example, injected mesodermal cells may contact endogenous endoderm (e.g., endodermal cells within the pancreas or within other areas of the body), which promotes the recapitulation of the fetal patterning, i.e. the BV endothelium plus endoderm budding produces islets of liver cells. Indeed, in this particular clinical setting, the power of donor splenocyte origin cells in promoting regeneration maybe more attributable to the mesodermal cells of the spleen than the more abundant blood cells. For re-growth of other tissues, administration of ectoderm, mesoderm, and/or endoderm may be desirable.
Furthermore, for target organ re-growth, transient up-regulation of VEGF maybe desirable. This up-regulation may be induced, e.g., by administering TNF-alpha, INF-gamma, or inhibiting cAMP. Also, administration of IL-2 may promote TNF-alpha that subsequently binds to BV endothelium, triggering VEGF up- regulation and NFKB up-regulation, and thus target organ regeneration. Since TNFR2 is preferentially expressed on endothelial cells, this receptor is desirably manipulated for target organ regeneration. The ability of the NOD mouse to regenerate islets as demonstrated herein may be attributable, at least in part, to the islet specific up-regulation ofthe LMP2 subunits ofthe proteasome. Up- regulation of LMP2 is very influential in promoting VEGF/Flk- 1/TNF-α effects, with NF-κB upregulation, as we now demonstrate by its diminished effect in LMP2-/- mice. We have demonstrated this regenerative process to be promoted in the NOD mouse and eliminated in the LMP2-/- mouse, thus verifying this pathway.
If desired any ofthe above regeneration methods may be enhanced by administering the donor cells more frequently and/or for a longer length of time.
Example 10 A-.ssav Development of Human Diabetic Peripheral Blood Lymphocytes
As the relative efficiency of donor NOD splenocytes in transferring autoimmune disease is well known and NOD blood is very inefficient as a source of lymphoid cells in transferring disease to naϊve cohorts, the magnitude of apoptosis induced by TNF-α in pathogenic NOD T cells from peripheral blood compaied with the effect in T-cells from NOD splenocytes was quantified.
As Table 4 shows, accelerated cell death in NOD splenocytes, measured as both early and late apoptosis, resulted in 46% cell death. The effect on peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBLs) in the same NOD mouse was only 12% induced apoptosis. The distribution of pathogenic apoptotic sensitive cells appears to be lower peripheral blood and higher in the spleen.
Figure imgf000075_0001
The data in Table 5 show the degree of accelerated T cell death of human diabetic PBLs with culture and with TNF-α, as measured by flow cytometry. Apoptosis was quantified by flow cytometric monitoring of Annexin V, with or without propidium iodine staining, after a 12 hour in vitro culture or exposure to TNF-α (20 ng/mL), TNF-α with Act D (1 ng/mL), or other protein synthesis inhibitors known to amplify pro-apoptotic pathways of TNF-α signaling by inhibiting the rapid synthesis of proteins that are anti-apoptotic. All assays were perfomied on freshly isolated PBLs and simultaneously prepared control samples. Both early and late apoptosis results were pooled for these data, but early and late apoptosis each was sufficient by itself in each category in Type I diabetics to yield highly statistically significant values of accelerated death through culture with TNF-α, With flow cytometric data, profound changes in the relative mean death can be observed on any given day, so patient samples were always simultaneously studied and compared to paired t tests to control samples. The magnitude ofthe TNF-α induced apoptotic defect in humans is detectable with current flow cytometry techniques (8-10%>) and is consistent with the results in PBLs in the NOD mouse. The 55 type 1 diabetic patients had higher death of naϊve T cells (with culture) compared to 55 paired random (no history or family history of autoimmune disease) controls (p=0.0008). Actinomycin D is an accelerator of apoptosis when used with TNF-α. As shown in Figure 5, TNF-α and TNF-α plus actinomycin D (ρ=0.0007) induced apoptosis were also significantly greater in the human diabetic T cells than in the control T cells (p^O.0154 and p= 0.0007, respectively). The data suggest that the defect is widespread in Type 1 diabetes, with the majority of patients showing a detectable abnormality in T-cells (with a relatively larger fraction of T-cells with heightened TNF-α sensitivity).
It should also be mentioned that, similar to the NOD mouse, there appears to be two death-mediated events, a spontaneous death of cells with tissue culture preparation and a direct TNF-α induced death of select T cell subpopulations. The spontaneous cell death maps to the monocyte/macrophage lineage of cells and the direct TNF-α death maps in both species of T cells. The spontaneous death could be due to receptor activation of a death receptor due to shear stress or, alternatively, the elimination in the autoimmune patient of an abnormal serum factor that is abnormally pro-life or anti-apoptotic.
Figure imgf000077_0001
Example 11 Treatment, Stabilization, or Prevention of Disease Other Than Diabetes NOD mice also suffer from other autoimmune diseases in addition to diabetes, such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, multiple sclerosis, Sjδgren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia. In particular, the methods ofthe invention also improved symptoms associated with these other autoimmune disease and/or stopped progression of these diseases in NOD mice. The following treatments have been tested and shown to enhance regrowth of salvary glands, decrease hemopoetic abnormalities, stop the progression of multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis, and reduce levels of lupus autoantibodies: (i) biweekly injections (i.v.) of 107 splenocytes expressing MHC class I and peptide for 40 days, (ii) biweekly injections (i.p.) of 2, 4, 10, or 20 μg TNFα or IL-1 for 40 days, (iii) a single injection of 5 μL in one footpad of 1 mg/mL solution of BCG, (iv) a single injection of CFA, (v) combined treatment with splenocytes and TNFα at the above doses, and (vi) combined treatment of splenocytes and CFA at the above doses.
Mice such as C57BL6 mice can also be used as animal models for the regeneration of other cells, tissues, or organs such as skin, liver, or brain cells.
Example 12
Factors affecting the efficiency of organ regeneration Our data using GFP mice also demonstrated that, as we repeated these experiments with many different types of injected donor cells, differences exist not only in the degree of peripheral blood chimerism, but also in the persistence of peripheral blood chimerism induced by these different donor cells. As is noted above, the GFP positive donor cells that we obtained and injected included splenocytes, bone marrow derived cells, Hoechst 33342 positive cells obtained by cell-sorting, brain cells, CNS derived cells, and hepatocytes. Based on analysis of peripheral blood lymphocytes after sacrificing the animals for analysis of splenocytes, the duration ofthe chimerism the absence of CFA treatment was dramatically different for different cell types. It turns out that, ofthe different cell types tested, splenocytes maintained the highest degree of chimerism for time period greater than 100 days. In comparison, donor bone marrow cells were less effective, and the other cell types were least effective, suggesting that the donor cell origin even from the adult donors may also have an impact in the persistence ofthe chimerism. ϊn autoimmune hosts, the administration of any of a multitude of cytokines induce'death or apoptosis of a subpopulation of pathologic lymphoid cells due to these cells having intrinsic errors in resistance to apoptosis or cell death. Accordingly, this treatment eliminates the pathologic cells from the host without harming the endogenous cells. In addition, introduced and endogenous cytokines promote the regeneration process of a damaged target organ. If a target organ is inflamed, is exposed to exogenous cytokines, or has increased proteasome activity, such as increased activity due to the overexpression of the LMP2, LMP7, or LMP10 subunits, a gamma responsive gene, or a TNF-alpha responsive gene, the target organ regenerates at an exponential rate. An increase in proteasome activity is likely to play a role in the action of VEGF, which together with the VEGF receptors Flk and Fit, functions in organ regeneration. Studies have shown that VEGF binds to developing organs and that this promotes end organ regeneiation, possibly by binding to Flk or Fit receptors. We have shown that augmented proteasome activity results in augmented VEGF activity. In view of these results, in an autoimmune host, it is likely that, once disease is removed and in situ proliferation is desired, stem cells home to the target organ that had been under autoimmune attack and preferentially proliferate in this organ. The upregulation of proteasome activity and/or the upregulation of proteasome subunits with gamma interferon may promote this. In addition, gamma interferon may be. used in a non-autoimmune host with tissue damage to promote targeting of this damaged tissue by stem cells. Furthermore, other chemicals and cytokines that also promote proteasome activity may be used in methods of organ regeneration. For example, in such methods, a promoter of proteasome activity may be administered concurrently with, prior to, or after administering stem cells or lymphocytes obtained from adult blood. After the addition of stem cells, local regeneration may be promoted by increasing Flk-1 receptors via CREB inhibition or by TNF-α, HAT or NFKB activation, or by administration of VEGF inhibitors. VEGF secretion may be promoted by proteasome augmentation, TNF-α administration, cAMP inhibition, by the administration of IL-1 β or IL-2, or by the application of sheer stress.
- Ii Example 13 Exemplary Agents for Use in the Methods ofthe Present Invention Select autoimmune cell death can be achieved by administering agents that disrupt the pathways that normally protect autoimmune cells from cell death, includi g soluble forms of antigen receptors such as CD28 on autoreactive T- cells, CD40 on B-cells that are involved in protection of autoimmune cells, and CD95 or CD95L (i.e., FasL) on T-lymphocytes. Other such agents include p75N TNF arid lymphotoxin Beta receptor (LtbetaR). Also, antibodies or fragments of antibodies reactive with these receptors are useful therapeutics. Such agents are described in the literature.
The present invention is not limited to a combined TNF-α inducing therapy or direct compound administration that includes the combination of TNF- alpha and IL-1, but includes, e.g., any combination of TNF-alpha-including therapies, e.g., vaccination with BCG, viral infection, LPS, activation of cells that normally produce TNF-alpha (i.e., macrophages, B-cells, and T-cells), administration ofthe chemotactic peptide fMet-Leu-Phe, administration of bacterial and viral proteins that activate NFKB, administration of agents that induce signaling pathways involved in adaptive immune responses (i.e., antigen receptors on B- and T-cells, CD28 on T-cells, CD40 on B-cells), agents that stimulate specific autoreactive cell death receptors (i.e., TNF, Fas (CD95), CD40, p75NF, and lymphotoxin Beta-receptor (LtbetaR), and administration of substances that stimulate TNF-alpha converting enzyme (TACE) which cleaves the TNF-alpha precursor (i.e., to provide biological activity capable of stimulating enhanced production or enhanced cytokine life after secretion). Such agents are described in the literature. ϊn a preferred embodiment, monoclonal antibodies that serve as TNF-α agonists can be administered. Such antibodies can be made using tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 1 (TNFR1) or tumor necrosis factor-alpha receptor 2 (TNFR2) as immunogens in mice using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler '& Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975). Such antibodies can also be made by recombinant DNA methods [Cabilly, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567]. Such antibodies have been prepared and described by Brockhaus, et al., in Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 87:3127-31 (1990). Among the antibodies produced, those with agonist activity are identified by screening for TNF-like activity in assays measuring cytotoxicity, fibroblast growth, interleukin-6 secretion, or activation of the transcription factor NF-κB. Alternatively, such antibodies can be screened in vitro using assays in which agonists are identified by their ability to kill activated T-cells obtained, for example, from a patient with lymphoma or newly diagnosed type-2 diabetes. Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a non-human source. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain, h antibodies used in the methods of the invention, the import variable domain is from the TNFRl and TNFR2 antibodies produced above. Humanization can be performed, for example, following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); and Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such "humanized" antibodies are chimer-c antibodies (Cabilly, supra), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and, in some cases, some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
Humanized antibodies desirably retain high affinity for the immunizing antigen, and thus are desirably prepared by known processes involving analysis of the parental and humanized sequences by three-dimensional modeling. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis ofthe likely role ofthe residues in the functioning ofthe candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability ofthe candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that desired antibody characteristics, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), are achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding. For further details see U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,237.
Alternatively, it is possible to produce transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice, resulting in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production has been described. Transfer ofthe human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature 362:255-258 (1993).
In the use of a TNF-receptor agonist antibody, patients are dosed such that enough is administered to elicit a TNF-α-like effect. The effective dose of such an antibody, or mixture of antibodies, is determined by starting at a low dose to ascertain tolerance, followed by dose escalation to produce the desired changes in circulating lymphocytes. For example, therapeutic dosing can be weekly or biweekly at levels of 0.025 mg/kg, 0.075 mg/kg, or 0.150 mg/kg (antibody/patient).
Subsequent to antibody administration, disease activity is monitored in each patient category. For diabetes, monitoring may involve the tabulation ofthe amounts of insulin necessary to maintain normoglycemia or a positive trend in the reappe?rance of C-peptide levels. All patients during and after monoclonal antibody therapy are monitored for the presence of a human anti-murine antibody response to the anti-TNFR antibodies, as well as a human anti-human response. tn another preferred embodiment, the invention allows for the identification of drugs that induce cell death or selectively hamper the autoimmune cells by binding to cell surface receptors or interacting with intracellular proteins. For example, drugs that stimulate the IL-1 pathway or drugs that interact with converging pathways such as Fas, FasL, TACI, ATAR, RANK, DR5, DR4, DCR2, DCR1, DR3, TALL-4, or THANK. Also accelerated cell death of autoimmune cells maybe potentiated by adding protein synthesis or kinase inhibitors. For instance, accelerated TNF or FAS death is potentiated by brief exposure to a protein synthesis inhibitor (e.g., ActD) that blocks a rapidly made TNF-alpha mediated intercellular inhibitor(s). Similarly, kinase inhibitors also potentate TNF-alpha mediated events. The drugs of the present invention can be characterized in that they only kill autoimmune cells having a selective defect m a cell death pathway which can be characterized by two distinct phenotypes, (1) defects in lymphoid education and (2) susceptibility to apoptosis.
Other host treatment methods can be used as well to ablate autoimmune cells, for example, administration of CFA, interleukin- 1 (IL-1), proteasome inhibitors, TNF superfamily agonists, NFKB inhibitors, anti-inflammatory drugs, tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), lipopolysaccharide, UV light, or an intracellular mediator ofthe TNF-alpha signaling pathway.
Example 14 Treatment While the therapies described herein are likely to be effective in treating pre-dia etics, i.e., patients diagnosed as progressing to type I diabetes, but who are not yet hyperglycemic, we note that the methods ofthe inventions also may be used to treat a mammal, for example, a human with type I diabetes or any other autoimmune disease. The ability to treat patients who already have hyperglycemia and therefore have significant or total islet destruction is a significant advantage ofthe current therapy. ϊn general, before treating a patient, one may optionally obtain blood from the patient to determine that the patient has two disease phenotypes. The first disease phenotype is an increase in the number of circulating CD45RA positive cells in, the blood (also defined as alterations in the number of cells positive for CD95, CD62L, or other markers of naive or unstimulated cells). CD45, CD95, and CD62L are all cell surface antigens that can be monitored by flow cytometry and compared to age matched controls. We expect to see an abundance of these naϊve or mistimulated cells in the peripheral blood of subjects with diabetes or any other autoimmune disease. The second phenotype is the presence of a subpopulation of lymphocytes with augmented sensitivity to cell death tlirough apoptor.is or necrosis. For example, subpopulations of cells may have augmented sensitivity to cell death caused by TNF-alpha, TCR receptor cross-linking agents, T-cell specific antibodies (e.g., αTCR or αCD3), or nonspecific stimulation with BCG. We may assay for the presence of such cells by isolating lymphocytes from these patients, treating them in vitro with TNF-alpha, and showing that the lymphocytes contain a subpopulation that undergoes apoptosis or necrosis when exposed to TNF-alpha, other cytokines, chemical reagents, or antibodies to select surface proteins. Desirably, control donor lymphocytes do not exhibit sensitivity to these agents. This phenotype is a result of lymphoid cells predominantly of pathogenic origin that have altered intercellular signaling pathways, alterations which result in a heightened death sensitivity. Elimination or conversion of all cells w''th this phenotype is desirable for the permanent reversal of autoimmunity. The penefrance of these defects is likely to be relatively high in diabetic or other autoimmune patients, with the first phenotype likely having a penefrance of over 95%, and the second phenotype likely having a penefrance of over 50% in type I diabetics.
Accordingly, before beginning to treat a subject with type I diabetes or any other autoimmune condition, we may determine from blood analysis alone whether the subject has either or both of these two phenotypes and, therefore, is amenable to therapy. To treat the first phenotype (i.e., an increase in the number of circulating CD45RA positive cells) tolerance to MHC class I and self-peptide may have to be re-established. We conclude from our results that the lack of functional MHC class I and self-peptide complexes causes the overabundance of naϊve T-cells in the periphery or at least results in one ofthe phenotypes that causes this. So for treating this phenotype, we can administer blood or bone marroλv that is a semi-allogeneic or fully-allogeneic match to the MHC class I and self-peptide complex. Furthermore, the blood or bone marrow derived cells, or even fibroblasts that have been immortalized, desirably may have normal MHC class I and self-peptide complex presentation; in other words, they should not come from diseased patients. Those phenotypes are easily monitored prior to treatment to determine the suitability of the donor cells in this therapy. For example, conformationally specific MHC class I and self-peptide antibodies may be used to show that the complexes are properly filled. In addition, we know that, in this aspect of the treatment, an increased number of matches to the HLA class I alleles of the host results in an increase in the duration ofthe reversal ofthe disease". Desirably, at least two, and desirably all four HLA class I alleles (e.g., the HLA A and HLA B alleles) from the donor cells are matched. Accordingly, these donor cells may be perfectly matched or they may be semi-allogeneic (i.e., with only partial matches on individual cells).
Treatment may involve intravenous biweekly infusions of 1x10 cells of any given donor of any given class I haplotype. It is desirable for the administered cells to be freshly isolated and not processed with preservatives or frozen. Cells that may be used in the methods of the invention may be obtained, for example, from a bloodbank. In addition, semi-allogeneic cells may be obtained from a close relative of the patient, such as a parent or a sibling. Furthermore, it would be advantageous to have the red blood cells eliminated from the preparations to decrease the volume of blood and lymphocytes administered. We also determined that semi-allogeneic or fully-allogeneic irradiated cells may be used in this therapy, but the use of irradiated cells results in a longer time course for correction.
As an alternative to administering MHC class I and peptide, another agent that inactivates or kills naive T-cells can be administered. Exemplary agents include antibodies that bind and inactivate the T-cell receptor on naive T-cells or by binding and triggering the selective death of only pathologic cells. In some embodiments, the antibodies inhibit the activity of or naive T-cells by at least 2, 5, 10, or 15 -fold more than they inhibit the activity of memory T-cells.
Simultaneously with the administration of donor cells, it is also desirable to induce endogenous TNF-alpha production either through stimulation with Bacillus Clamette-Guerin (BCG) or other immune adjuvants such as CFA, or by the direct administration of TNF-alpha. For example, one may administer BCG at least biweekly or, desirably, three times a week. Again, one skilled in the art can determine individually the dosing ofthe cells and TNF-alpha or BCG by analyzing a blood sample twice a week for evidence ofthe elimination ofthe phenotype ofthe pathogenic cell. For instance, to determine the correct dose of donor MHC class I expressing cells, we may look for the elimination ofthe abundant naϊve cells in the peripheral blood and to determine the correct dose of TNF-alpha or BCG, we may look for the elimination of TNF-alpha in vitro sensitivity. With regard to the second aspect of the therapy, TNF-alpha, BCG, or anotheϊ nonspecific form of immune stimulation may promote the induction of endogenous TNF-alpha. For example, TNF-alpha may be administered intramuscularly, intravesicularly, or intravenously. Moreover, recombinant human TNF-alpha or new drugs such as a TNF receptor 2 agonist may be used. Such compounds have two effects, one is the elimination of apoptosis or death sensitive cells in the periphery which can be monitored, and the other is the promotion of endogenous beta cell regeneration, as well as possibly differentiation from the new donor blood. Exemplary doses of TNF-alpha that may be administered to a patient are approximately 40 μg/m2 or 200 μg/m2. Other exemplary doses include doses between 2 x 106 and 5 x 106 mg daily for two doses in one week. Patients with an autoimmune disease may tolerate higher doses of TNF-alpha and/or may require lower doses for treatment. As an alternative to TNF-alpha, tolerance can be gained by cross-linking the TCR or by nonspecific vaccination through the same pathway (e.g., BCG vaccination). As an alternative to administering an inducer of lymphopenia (e.g., TNF-alpha) directly to a patient, the inducer of lymphopenia can be administered to blood obtained from the patient (e.g., blood obtained during electrophoresis), and the treated, blood can be re-administered to the patient. For induces of lymphopenia with a short half-life (e.g., TNF-alpha) little, if any, functional compound remains in the blood that is re-introduced into the patient. Thus, this method should decrease the incidence or severity of any potential adverse, side-effects ofthe compound.
Any combination therapy described herein, e.g. a therapy which uses MHC class I expressing cells and TNF-alpha induction, may be administered until the disease is successfully treated. For example, this therapy may be continued for approximately 40 days; however, this time-period may readily be adjusted based on the observed phenotypes. Additionally, the dose of TNF-alpha can be adjusted based on the percentage of cells in blood samples from the patient that have increased sensitivity to TNF-alpha, indicating the amount of remaining autoimmune cells. In addition, in treating type I diabetes, it may be desirable that the patient maintains as close to normoglycemia as possible. The murine data have demonstrated that marked fluctuation in blood sugars hamper the normal regenerative potential ofthe pancreas. Therefore, these patients may be placed on an insulin pump for not only the exemplary 40 days of disease reversing therapy, but also for a 120 day period to optimize the regenerative process. The pancreas of long-term diabetics (i.e., ones having diabetes for more than 15 years) may have the regenerative potential ofthe pancreas diminished to such a degree that the precursor cells are no longer present. In these patients, the therapy may be identical except for the length ofthe treatment. For instance, the donor blood or bone marrow cells have to be alive for these cells to convert to the correct tissue type, such as into beta cells ofthe pancreas.
As is mentioned above, some embodiments ofthe invention employ mesodermal cells, which can be isolated from a normal donor (e.g., from the bone marrow, the spleen, or the peripheral blood). Typically, this cell expresses, to a detectable degree, CD90+, CD44+, or CD29+, but does not express appreciable amounts of CD45 or CD34. This normal donor cell is administered to a person, preferably intravenously or intraperitoneally, to allow for rapid transport to the site of inflammation, injury, or disease. Desirably, this cell is administered to a person with active autoimmunity. Alternatively, the cell may be administered to a person without autoimmunity or to a person with quiescent autoimmunity. The absence of active autoimmunity in a person (host) may require pretreatment ofthe host to initiate an inflammatory response or injury at the regenerative site. In addition, pretreatment ofthe donor cell may also be required. The host may be treated with TNF-α, IFN-γ, IL-2, VEGF, FGF, or IGF-1 to prepare the blood vessel endothelium for optimal interactions with the mobilized mesodermal cell. Additionally, the pathway of VEGF-stimulated expression on endothelial cells can be enhanced with a selective inhibitor of PI-3 -kinase. Alternatively, the host can be pretreated with platelet-derived growth factor derived from mural cells (e.g., from the neural crest or epicardium) for optimal interactions with the mobilized mesodermal cell. Additionally, the mesodermal cell can be pretreated to optimize adherence to the endothelium. This type of therapy is envisioned to be beneficial for the regeneration of diverse organs or organelles, including brain, skin, is.ets of Langerhans, heart, lung, liver, muscle, intestine, pancreas, bone, cartilage, and fat. It may also be possible to optimize the fresh mesenchymal cell prior to injection into the host. This can be accomplished with TNF-α exposure, E -lβ exposure, or other chemical drug treatments to increase neogenesis.
For patients that have organ or tissue damage, but no underlying autoimmunity, it may be beneficial to avoid prolonged administration of an immune adjuvant, e.g., TNF-alpha, as such agents may result in the depletion of stem cells. Instead, desirably, one may induce transient lymphopenia with TNF- alpha or any other nonspecific reagent, remove this reagent, and add cells (e.g., stem cells) to regenerate the organ or tissue. In addition, the added stem or precursor cells may be altered to have reduced TNF-alpha sensitivity or may have increased proteasome activity or decreased death sensitivity through TNF or Fas. Furthermore, the host may be preconditioned with an agent that increases LMP2, LMP7, or proteasome activity (e.g., gamma interferon) prior to, concurrent with, or after the administration of stem cells. Compounds that increase Fit, Flk, VEGF expression or activity, hypoxia, GATA-2, hypoglycemia, IL-lβ, or inhibition of cAMP can also be used. Moreover, since administration of TNF-alpha results in cell death due to the upregulation of Fas or FasL, it may be beneficial to precondition a host with an inhibitor of Fas/FasL expression or function during TNF-alpha or other immune adjuvant therapy in both patients with and without underlying autoimmunity. ϊn contrast, administration of TNF-alpha during treatment of autoimmune conditions typically increases the number of stem cells and thus does not require steps to inhibit destruction of stem cells or to replace stem cells. TNF-alpha does not deplete stem cells is in NOD mice because many ofthe stem cells in these mice have intrinsic defects in Fas and FasL expression. In contrast to normal cells, which may die due to Fas/FasL upregulation that is induced by TNF-alpha, NOD ssem cells survive. In a variety of human autoimmune diseases, the Fas/FasL downregulation enables these human cells to survive, or even expand, in the presence of TNF-alpha. ϊn a host with autohnmune disease, the signaling pathways are deranged and the adminisfration of cytokines may have multiple effects. First, administered cytokines induce apoptosis of a subpopulation of pathologic lymphoid cells due to intrinsic errors in apoptosis resistance, thus identifying these cells as pathogenic. Furthermore, the introduced and endogenous cytokines also promote the regeneration process presumably on the target organ. Furthermore, if the target organ has mflammation and is exposed to the administered cytokines or processes endogenous errors in the overexpression of proteasome function (e.g., LMP2/7 subunit expression, a gamma responsive gene, or a TNF responsive gene), the organ regeneration will be promoted. While not meant to limit the invention to a particular theory, a possible mechanism of in situ regeneration is that activation of the proteasome is critical for the action of VEGF, and VEGF action is critical for Flk activity. Endothelial cells may promote this process and, with activation ofthe proteasome, VEGF action is accelerated thus allowing augmented Flk action. Exogeriously added stem cells may exponentially promote this process, e.g., by independent proliferation or fusion with the cells or by differentiation to lineage- specif . cell types. Therefore, to promote in situ organ regeneration, proteasome inhibitors are desirably avoided. A spontaneous autoimmune host in which target organ hyperexperession of LMP2 and/or LMP7 is frequent may also have accelerated organ regeneration. Organ regeneration can also be accelerated by promoting LMP2/7 hyperexpression with, e.g., gamma interferon, TNF, or a compound that activates the promoters of these genes, e.g., Statl, agonists ofthe ICS-2/GAS elements in the LMP2 promoter, interferon regulatory factor 1(IRF1), TNF-alpha, or NFkB promoters.
Conversely, the administration of proteasome inhibitors may serve as a treatment for proliferative diseases. That is, a proteasome inhibitor can be administered that affects an autoimmune response for proliferative cells, such as, for example, cancer cells, while generating a relatively diminished autoimmune response for normal cells. Most desirably, the anti-proliferative proteasome inhibitor generates no autoimmunity to normal cells upon administration. In an additional example, anti-autoimmune therapy can be administered concurrent or subsequent to the adminisfration of proteasome inhibitors. Other diseases that can be treated by proteasome inhibitors include acute inflammatory processes, such as, for example, sepsis or atherosclerosis.
-/"ascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) is a potent angiogenic protein that enhances vascular permeability and promotes endothelial cell proliferation. VEGF stimulate two types of tyrosine kinase receptors, namely, the fins-like tyrosine kinase-1 (Flt-1) and the fetal liver kinase-1/kinase domain region (Flk- 1/KDR). FGF (fibroblast growth factor), TNF, and highly confluent cell culture induce Flk-1/FDR expression in cells, whereas transforming growth factor 1 (TGF-1) reduces it. Thus, to promote regeneration, FGF and TNF are used, and TGF is -desirably avoided. For regeneration in a normal host, the donor cells are desirably not exposed to TNF-like substances too early because these substances may accelerated death. In contrast, the host tissue may be exposed to TNF like substances or inducers of NFKB or VEGF to increase Flk- 1 -like expression or signaling to promote the regeneration process and/or interactions that promote in situ regeneration. Therefore, normal donor cells may be pretreated prior to transfe_- to prevent death when exposed to endogenous TNF like substances. Alternatively, the host maybe reconditioned with TNF-like substances (e.g., TNF, VEGF, FGF, or and NFKB stimulator) prior to cell transfer to create an environment for optimal proliferation. As noted above, VEGF action is dependent upon a proteasome expressing LMP2, and thus agents that induce proteasome function are beneficial for regeneration. One such agent is INF (interferon), which upregulates the obligatory inducible proteasome subunits (e.g., LMP2) for optimal VEGF action.
Other Embodiments
From the foregoing description, it will be apparent that variations and modifications may be made to the invention described herein to adapt it to various usages and conditions. Such embodiments are also within the scope of the following claims. All publications mentioned in this specification are herein incoφorated by reference to the same extent as if each independent publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
What is claimed is:

Claims

Claims
1. A method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal (i) who has injured or damaged cells of said predetermined type or who has a deficiency of cells of said predetermined type and (ii) who does not have an autoimmune disease, said method comprising administering to said mammal a composition that induces lymphopenia and that increases the number of cells of said predetermined cell type in said animal.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said composition activates a receptor on the -lurface of cells of said predetermined cell type or on the surface of precursor cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined cell type in said mammal.
3. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering cells of said predetermined cell type to said mammal.
4. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering precursor cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined cell type to said mammal.
'5. The method of claim 1, further comprising inducing damage to said cells of a predetermined type in said mammal or inducing damage in a site of said mammal in which cells of said predetermined type are desirable.
6. A method for treating or stabilizing an established autoimmune disease in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) administering to said mammal a first composition that kills blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill blood cells with increased sensitivity to cell death in said mammal;
(b) repeating step (a) one or more times; and
(c) monitoring the glucose level in said mammal two or more times and/or maintaining the blood glucose level in said mammal within a normal range.
7. The method of claim 6, further comprising administering to said mammal a second composition that kills blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill blood cells with increased sensitivity to cell death in said mammal.
3. The method of claim 6, further comprising determining whether said mammal has a subpopulation of blood cells with increased sensitivity to said first composition prior to step (a).
9. A method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of: (a) administering to said mammal a composition that kills stimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in said mammal; and
(b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined type in vivo.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein said precursor cells are stem cells and step (a) is performed prior to step (b).
11. A method for increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) administering to said mammal one or more cells of blood origin or endothelial origin; and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal a composition that kills stimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in said mammal.
12. A method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal with an autoimmune disease or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease, said method comprising administering to said mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells of said predetermined type in vivo or that promote proliferation of endogenous cells of said predetermined type in vivo; wherein said differentiated cell(s) presents MHC class I and peptide, and wherein said MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by said mammal.
13. A method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of: ( a) administering to said mammal one or more cells of said predetermined type; and
(b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in said mammal.
14. A method of increasing or maintaining the number of functional cells of a predetermined type in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) administering to said mammal one or more precursor cells that differentiate into one or more cells of said predetermined type in vivo; and (b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal a composition that kills unstimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in said mammal.
15. A method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) administering to said mammal a first composition that kills blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a first subpopulation of blood cells in said mammal; and
(b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal a second composition that kills blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a second subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in said mammal; wherein said first subpopulation and said second subpopulation are either partially overlapping subpopulations or non-overlapping subpopulations.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein said first subpopulation and said second subpopulation are in different stages of differentiation.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein said first subpopulation and said second subpopulation are in different stages ofthe cell cycle.
i 8. The method of claim 15, wherein said first subpopulation and said second subpopulation are sensitive to different inducers of cell death.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein said first subpopulation and said second subpopulation undergo cell death through different pathways.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein one subpopulation undergoes cell death through apoptosis and the other subpopulation undergoes cell death through necrosis.
21. A method for treating, stabilizing, or preventing a disease, disorder, or condition in a mammal, said method comprising the steps of:
(a) administering to said mammal a first composition that kills unstimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of unstimulated blood cells in said mammal; and
(b) prior to, after, or concurrently with step (a), administering to said mammal a second composition that kills stimulated blood cells in an amount sufficient to selectively kill a subpopulation of stimulated blood cells in said mammal.
.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein said mammal has injured or damaged cells of a predetermined cell type.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising administering to said mammal one or more cells that have the potential to differentiate into one or more cells of said predetermined type or that are of said predetermined cell type.
24. The method of any one of claims 1, 6, 9, 11-15, and 21, further comprising administering a cell that promotes proliferation of said precursor cells or cells of said predetermined cell type.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein said cells are endothelial cells.
26. The method of any one of claims 3, 9, and 11-14, wherein said cells of predetermined type are islet cells that produce insulin, blood cells, spleen cells, chondrocytes, brain cells, heart cells, vascular tissue cells, cells ofthe bile duct, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, endoderm cells, mesoderm cells, mesenchymal cells, cells of mesenchymal origin, or skin cells.
27. The method of claim 4, 9, 12, or 14, wherein said cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined type in vivo axe splenocytes, bone marrow derived cells, Hoechst 33342 positive cells, brain cells, CNS positive cells, hepatocytes, or fetal cells.
28. The method of claim 4, 9, 12, or 14, wherein said cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined type in vivo axe semi-allogeneic.
29. The method of claim 4, 9, 12, or 14, wherein said cells that differentiate into cells of said predetermined type in vivo fail to express Fas or FasL.
30. The method of claim 6, 9, 11, 13, 14, or 15, wherein said blood cells are T-cslls, B-cells, or macrophages.
31. The method of claims 4, 12, or 14, wherein said composition is MHC class I and peptide, wherein said MHC class I has at least one allele that matches an MHC class I allele expressed by said mammal.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein said MHC class I and peptide are semi-aUogeneic.
33. The method of claim 31, wherein said MHC class I and peptide are isogeneic.
34. The method of claims 4, 12, or 14, wherein said composition is a compound that crosslinks a T-cell receptor (TCR) of naϊve T cells.
35. The method of claim 1, 9, 15, or 21, wherein said composition is TNF- alpha, a TNF-alpha agonist, or a TNF-alpha inducing substance.
36. The method of claim 1, 9, or 15, wherein said composition binds or activated a death receptor.
37. The method of claim 35, wherein said TNF-alpha inducing substance is Complete Freund's Adjuvant, ISS-ODN, microbial adjuvants, such as cell wall components with LPS-like activity, cholera particles, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin, E. coli heat labile enterotoxin complexed with lecithin vesicles, ISCOMS-immune stimulating complexes, chemical adjuvants, such as polyethylene glycol and poly(N-2-(hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide), synthetic oligonucleotides containing CpG or CpA motifs, lipid A derivatives, such as monophosphoryl lipid A, MPL, muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Bacillus Clamette- Guerin." Tissue Plasminogen Activator, LPS, Interleukin- 1, Interleukin-2, UV light, lymphotoxin, cachectin, a TNFR-2 agonist, an intracellular mediator of the TNF-alpha signaling pathway, a NFKB inducing substance, lymphotoxin, cachecαn, IRF-1, STAT1, an agonist of an ICS-21gAS promoter elements, lymphokine, LPS, or the combination of TNF-alpha and a TNFR-1 antibody.
38. The method of any one of claims 1, 9, 11-15, and 21, further comprising administering to said mammal a proteasome activity promoting substance.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein said proteasome activity promoting substance is gamma interferon.
40. The method any one of claims 1, 9, 11-15, and 21 further comprising administering to said mammal an agent that increases Flk or Fit expression or function.
41. The method of claim any one of claims 1, 9, 11-15, and 21 further comprising administering to said mammal an agent that increases VEGF, VEGFl, VEGF , VEGF1R, or VEGF2R expression or function.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein said agent is a VEGF polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule encoding a VEGF polypeptide.
43. The method of any one of claims 1, 9, 11-15, and 21 further comprising administering to said mammal to an inhibitor of Fas or FasL expression or signaling.
44. The method of claim 9, 11, 13, or 14, wherein said mammal has an autoimmune disease or an increased risk for an autoimmune disease.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein said autoimmune disease is Alopecia Areata, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Autoimmune Addison's Disease, Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia, Autoimmune Hepatitis, Behcef s Disease, Bullous Pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Celiac Sprue-Dermatitis, Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome (CFIDS), Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, CREST Syndrome, Cold Agglutinin Disease, Crohn's Disease, Discoid Lupus, Essential Mixed Cryoglobulinemia, Fibromyalgia-Fibromyositis, Graves' Disease, Guillain-Barre, Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Hypothyroidism, Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP), IgA Nephropathy, Insulin dependent Diabetes, Juvenile Arthritis, Lichen Planus, Lupus, Meniere's Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Pemphigus Vulgaris, Pernicious Anemia, Polyarteritis Nodosa, Polychondritis, Polyglsndular Syndromes, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Primary Agammaglobulinemia, Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, Psoriasis, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reiter's Syndrome, Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Scleroderma, Sjogren's Syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Takayasu Arteritis, Temporal Arteritis/Giant Cell Arteritis, Ulcerative Colitis. Uveitis, Vasculitis, Vitiligo, Wegener's Granulomatosis, or myasthenia gravis.
46. The method of any one of claims 1, 9, 11-15, and 21 wherein any metabolic disorder that is due to said injury or damage of said cells of a predetermined type or due to said autoimmune disease is controlled.
47. The method of any one of claims 6, 9, 11-15, and 21 further comprising maintaining the blood glucose level h said mammal within a normal range.
48. The method of any one of claims 1, 6, 9-15, and 21 wherein said mammal is a human.
49. The method of claim 24, further comprising administering a cytokine, chemolαne, or growth factor to said mammal.
PCT/US2003/020578 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration WO2004003164A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004549847A JP2005535732A (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Organ regeneration
AU2003247840A AU2003247840A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration
EP14189654.8A EP2853588B1 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration
EP03762242A EP1539933A4 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration
CA002489376A CA2489376A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US39268702P 2002-06-27 2002-06-27
US60/392,687 2002-06-27
US10/358,664 US7628988B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-02-05 Methods and compositions for treating type 1 diabetes
US10/358,664 2003-02-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004003164A2 true WO2004003164A2 (en) 2004-01-08
WO2004003164A3 WO2004003164A3 (en) 2004-06-17

Family

ID=30002891

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/020578 WO2004003164A2 (en) 2002-06-27 2003-06-27 Methods of organ regeneration

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (4) US7628988B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2853588B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2005535732A (en)
AU (1) AU2003247840A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2489376A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004003164A2 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1692267A2 (en) * 2003-10-31 2006-08-23 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of organ regeneration
US8173129B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2012-05-08 The General Hospital Coporation Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune diseases
USRE43467E1 (en) 1999-03-10 2012-06-12 The General Hospital Corporation Treatment of autoimmune disease
US8969015B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2015-03-03 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and kits for diagnosing Sjögren's syndrome
EP2298863B1 (en) 2004-03-22 2015-07-22 Mesoblast International Sàrl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US9775899B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2017-10-03 Biogen Ma Inc. Treating neurological disorders
US9821010B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2017-11-21 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for expansion or depletion of T-regulatory cells
US10906982B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2021-02-02 The General Hospital Corporation Antagonistic anti-tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 antibodies
US11266730B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2022-03-08 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of treating and diagnosing disease using biomarkers for BCG therapy
US11859002B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2024-01-02 The General Hospital Corporation Antagonistic anti-tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 antibodies

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7129061B1 (en) * 1996-08-07 2006-10-31 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Tumor necrosis factor related ligand
US6617171B2 (en) * 1998-02-27 2003-09-09 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for diagnosing and treating autoimmune disease
US20030095967A1 (en) * 1999-01-25 2003-05-22 Mackay Fabienne BAFF, inhibitors thereof and their use in the modulation of B-cell response and treatment of autoimmune disorders
US20050100548A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2005-05-12 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. BAFF, inhibitors thereof and their use in the modulation of B-cell response
US7288521B2 (en) 2000-04-06 2007-10-30 Franco Wayne P Growth factor therapy mobilization of stem cells into the peripheral blood
US7291597B2 (en) * 2000-04-06 2007-11-06 Franco Wayne P Growth factor therapy mobilization of stem cells into the peripheral blood
WO2003072713A2 (en) * 2002-02-21 2003-09-04 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Use of bcma as an immunoregulatory agent
WO2004045376A2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 The General Hospital Corporation Screening methods to identify treatments for autoimmune disease
WO2006017855A2 (en) * 2004-08-12 2006-02-16 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions for regulation of stem cell survival, proliferation, and differentiation by protein ubiquitination
US20080102054A1 (en) * 2005-01-18 2008-05-01 Faustman Denise L Compositions Containing Agm Cells And Methods Of Use Thereof
WO2006138219A2 (en) 2005-06-13 2006-12-28 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Methods of diagnosis / prognosis of inflammatory conditions
US20070059824A1 (en) * 2005-09-12 2007-03-15 Yong Zhao Human umbilical cord blood-derived pluripotent fibroblast-like-macrophages
US9388382B2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2016-07-12 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Isolation of CD14 negative, CD45 positive and CD117 positive embryonic-like stem cells free of monocytes from human umbilical cord blood mononuclear cells
US8835163B2 (en) * 2006-10-18 2014-09-16 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Embryonic-like stem cells derived from adult human peripheral blood and methods of use
CN102378634A (en) * 2009-01-30 2012-03-14 比奥根艾迪克Ma公司 Methods for pancreatic tissue regeneration
KR101312829B1 (en) 2009-12-30 2013-09-27 한화엘앤씨 주식회사 Transgenic pig expressing HO-1 and TNFR1-Fc and the method of producing thereof
US20130156728A1 (en) * 2010-05-26 2013-06-20 National Institutes Of Health (Nih), U.S. Dept. Of Health And Human Services (Dhhs), U.S. Government Composition for neurological or autoimmune diseases
US8628554B2 (en) 2010-06-13 2014-01-14 Virender K. Sharma Intragastric device for treating obesity
US10010439B2 (en) 2010-06-13 2018-07-03 Synerz Medical, Inc. Intragastric device for treating obesity
US10420665B2 (en) 2010-06-13 2019-09-24 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Intragastric device for treating obesity
US9526648B2 (en) 2010-06-13 2016-12-27 Synerz Medical, Inc. Intragastric device for treating obesity
WO2012018930A1 (en) * 2010-08-03 2012-02-09 University Of Miami Methods of isolating and expanding human t regulatory cells and uses thereof for cellular therapy
RU2526575C2 (en) * 2012-11-02 2014-08-27 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Московский государственный университет имени М.В. Ломоносова" (МГУ) Method for improving immunosuppressive properties of mesenchymal stromal cells of fatty tissue
WO2015095636A2 (en) * 2013-12-19 2015-06-25 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Interferon regulatory factor 1 (irf1) decoys and methods of use thereof
US10779980B2 (en) 2016-04-27 2020-09-22 Synerz Medical, Inc. Intragastric device for treating obesity
US11172657B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2021-11-16 Pormedtec Co., Ltd. Method for developing organ that lacks specific functional cell
KR102180111B1 (en) * 2018-11-09 2020-11-17 코아스템(주) Pharmaceutical composition comprising stem cells treated with protein kinase c activator or culture thereof for prevention and treatment of autoimmune diseases

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5874306A (en) * 1996-12-12 1999-02-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Culturing human pancreatic endocrine cells in medium containing extracellular matrix from human bladder carcinoma cells

Family Cites Families (53)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4309418A (en) * 1980-03-25 1982-01-05 Sloan-Kettering Research Institute For Cancer Anti-tumor agent from human serum and process
FR2513124B1 (en) * 1981-07-21 1989-11-17 Hayashibara Biochem Lab PRODUCTION AND APPLICATIONS OF THE TARGET CELL LYSE FACTOR
US4457916A (en) * 1982-08-31 1984-07-03 Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Method for stabilizing Tumor Necrosis Factor and a stable aqueous solution or powder containing the same
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US5288852A (en) * 1984-03-06 1994-02-22 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Human tumor necrosis factor polypeptides
US4879226A (en) * 1984-04-06 1989-11-07 Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Novel human physiologically active polypeptide
DE3423234A1 (en) * 1984-06-23 1986-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH, 6507 Ingelheim SYNERGISTIC MIXTURES OF INTERFERON AND TUMOR-NECROSE FACTOR
US4677063A (en) * 1985-05-02 1987-06-30 Cetus Corporation Human tumor necrosis factor
US4677064A (en) * 1984-11-09 1987-06-30 Cetus Corporation Human tumor necrosis factor
WO1986003751A2 (en) * 1984-12-21 1986-07-03 Biogen N.V. Purification, production and use of tumor necrosis factors
US4681760A (en) * 1985-04-17 1987-07-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Method of conferring immunotolerance to a specific antigen
US5059530A (en) * 1985-09-30 1991-10-22 Suntory Ltd. Expression vector for human TNF
US5002876A (en) * 1986-09-22 1991-03-26 Phillips Petroleum Company Yeast production of human tumor necrosis factor
US4985241A (en) * 1986-11-21 1991-01-15 Cetus Corporation Therapeutic combination of free-radical scavenger and tumor necrosis factor
US4963354A (en) * 1987-01-21 1990-10-16 Genentech, Inc. Use of tumor necrosis factor (TNF) as an adjuvant
US5215743A (en) * 1988-04-13 1993-06-01 Maninder Singh Tumor necrosis factor formulations
US5370870A (en) * 1989-10-06 1994-12-06 Genentech, Inc. Method for protection against reactive oxygen species
US5283058A (en) * 1990-08-30 1994-02-01 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for inhibiting rejection of transplanted tissue
US5593698A (en) * 1990-10-31 1997-01-14 Autoimmune, Inc. Suppression of proliferative response and induction of tolerance with polymorphic class II MHC allopeptides
US5919452A (en) * 1991-03-18 1999-07-06 New York University Methods of treating TNFα-mediated disease using chimeric anti-TNF antibodies
DE69233254T2 (en) * 1991-06-14 2004-09-16 Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco Humanized Heregulin antibody
US6984380B1 (en) * 1991-08-02 2006-01-10 Denise L. Faustman Treatment of diseases involving faulty MHC class I antigen complex presentation
EP1298203A3 (en) * 1991-08-02 2004-01-21 FAUSTMAN, Denise L. Diagnosis and treatment of autoimmune diseases
US5139481A (en) * 1991-08-07 1992-08-18 The General Hospital Corporation Treatment for type II diabetes
US5843425A (en) 1992-02-19 1998-12-01 The General Hospital Corporation Transplantation and graft-versus-host-disease
WO1993021936A1 (en) * 1992-04-23 1993-11-11 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research LIGAND FOR THE c-KIT RECEPTOR AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO1994009137A1 (en) * 1992-10-15 1994-04-28 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies against type 2 tumor necrosis factor receptor
US5843452A (en) * 1992-11-09 1998-12-01 Pharmagenesis, Inc. Immunotherapy composition and method
EP0612529B1 (en) * 1993-01-22 2000-04-05 Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Therapeutic agent for NIDDM
US5728385A (en) * 1993-08-12 1998-03-17 Classen Immunotherapies, Inc. Method and composition for an early vaccine to protect against both common infectious diseases and chronic immune mediated disorders or their sequelae
US5693617A (en) 1994-03-15 1997-12-02 Proscript, Inc. Inhibitors of the 26s proteolytic complex and the 20s proteasome contained therein
US6660268B1 (en) 1994-03-18 2003-12-09 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College Proteasome regulation of NF-KB activity
US5874301A (en) 1994-11-21 1999-02-23 National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine Embryonic cell populations and methods to isolate such populations
US5821237A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-10-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions for visually improving skin
WO1997008328A1 (en) * 1995-08-30 1997-03-06 The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Selective elimination of t cells that recognize specific preselected targets
WO1998031818A2 (en) * 1997-01-21 1998-07-23 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Tace-like and matrilysin-like polypeptides
WO1999029343A1 (en) * 1997-12-09 1999-06-17 Thomas Jefferson University Method of treating bladder cancer with wild type vaccinia virus
US6617171B2 (en) * 1998-02-27 2003-09-09 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for diagnosing and treating autoimmune disease
US6284879B1 (en) * 1998-04-16 2001-09-04 The General Hospital Corporation Transport associated protein splice variants
US6165737A (en) * 1998-04-16 2000-12-26 The University Of Texas System Board Of Regents DNA fragmentation factor involved in apoptosis
CA2328509A1 (en) * 1998-05-18 1999-11-25 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V Methods and use of compositions comprising tnf-rii(p75) agonists for treating asthma and other allergic conditions
US7485293B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2009-02-03 Faustman Denise L Method for inhibiting transplant rejection
US6599710B1 (en) * 1999-03-10 2003-07-29 The General Hospital Corporation Treatment of autoimmune disease
US7015037B1 (en) * 1999-08-05 2006-03-21 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Multiponent adult stem cells and methods for isolation
US6866843B2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2005-03-15 Viacell, Inc. Method of transplanting in a mammal and treating diabetes mellitus by administering a pseudo-islet like aggregate differentiated from a nestin-positive pancreatic stem cell
US6414218B1 (en) * 2000-01-18 2002-07-02 The General Hospital Corporation Mouse model for rheumatoid arthritis
US20020160502A1 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-10-31 Roger Williams Hospital Recombinant BCG vaccines for the prevention and treatment of cancer
US20040031066A9 (en) * 2001-01-18 2004-02-12 Faustman Denise L. Mouse model for rheumatoid arthritis
US7628988B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2009-12-08 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for treating type 1 diabetes
US7582313B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2009-09-01 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of organ regeneration using Hox 11-expressing pluripotent cells
WO2004045376A2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 The General Hospital Corporation Screening methods to identify treatments for autoimmune disease
EP1687411B1 (en) * 2003-09-26 2015-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Hematopoietic stem cell identification and isolation
US20080102054A1 (en) 2005-01-18 2008-05-01 Faustman Denise L Compositions Containing Agm Cells And Methods Of Use Thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5874306A (en) * 1996-12-12 1999-02-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Culturing human pancreatic endocrine cells in medium containing extracellular matrix from human bladder carcinoma cells

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1539933A2 *

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE43467E1 (en) 1999-03-10 2012-06-12 The General Hospital Corporation Treatment of autoimmune disease
US9522181B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2016-12-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune diseases
US8021693B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2011-09-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of organ regeneration using Hox11-expressing pluripotent cells
US8173129B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2012-05-08 The General Hospital Coporation Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune diseases
US8697077B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2014-04-15 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune diseases
EP1692267A4 (en) * 2003-10-31 2009-11-18 Gen Hospital Corp Methods of organ regeneration
US8017392B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2011-09-13 The General Hospital Corporation Hox11+, CD45− cells and methods of organ regeneration using the same
EP1692267A2 (en) * 2003-10-31 2006-08-23 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of organ regeneration
US9943547B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2018-04-17 Mesoblast International Sàrl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US10828334B1 (en) 2004-03-22 2020-11-10 Mesoblast International Sárl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US11389484B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2022-07-19 Mesoblast International Sárl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
EP2298863B1 (en) 2004-03-22 2015-07-22 Mesoblast International Sàrl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US10668101B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2020-06-02 Mesoblast International Sárl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US10716814B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2020-07-21 Mesoblast International Sàrl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US10729727B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2020-08-04 Mesoblast International Sárl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US10960025B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2021-03-30 Mesoblast International Sárl Mesenchymal stem cells and uses therefor
US9775899B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2017-10-03 Biogen Ma Inc. Treating neurological disorders
US8969015B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2015-03-03 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and kits for diagnosing Sjögren's syndrome
US10765700B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2020-09-08 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for expansion or depletion of t-regulatory cells
US9821010B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2017-11-21 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for expansion or depletion of T-regulatory cells
US11844814B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2023-12-19 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for expansion or depletion of T-regulatory cells
US10906982B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2021-02-02 The General Hospital Corporation Antagonistic anti-tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 antibodies
US11266730B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2022-03-08 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of treating and diagnosing disease using biomarkers for BCG therapy
US11859002B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2024-01-02 The General Hospital Corporation Antagonistic anti-tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 antibodies

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20100150893A1 (en) 2010-06-17
EP2853588A1 (en) 2015-04-01
EP1539933A4 (en) 2009-07-08
JP2005535732A (en) 2005-11-24
US7628988B2 (en) 2009-12-08
US20040028658A1 (en) 2004-02-12
WO2004003164A3 (en) 2004-06-17
US8173129B2 (en) 2012-05-08
CA2489376A1 (en) 2004-01-08
EP2853588B1 (en) 2023-09-13
US9522181B2 (en) 2016-12-20
US20120213731A1 (en) 2012-08-23
EP1539933A2 (en) 2005-06-15
AU2003247840A1 (en) 2004-01-19
US20140186400A1 (en) 2014-07-03
US8697077B2 (en) 2014-04-15
EP2453009A1 (en) 2012-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9522181B2 (en) Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune diseases
USRE43467E1 (en) Treatment of autoimmune disease
US8021693B2 (en) Methods of organ regeneration using Hox11-expressing pluripotent cells
JP2015038084A (en) Drug for treatment and/or prevention of autoimmune disease, and drug for regulatory t cell formation
WO2006078782A9 (en) Compositions containing agm cells and methods of use thereof
Krams et al. Apoptosis as a mechanism of tissue injury in liver allograft rejection
Iwahashi et al. Emerging therapeutic strategies in autoimmune diabetes: aetiology, prediction, prevention and cure
Prange Transplanted Beta-2 Microglobulin Deficient Islets are Protected from Autoimmune Destruction in Nonobese Diabetic (NOD) Mice

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2489376

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003247840

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004549847

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003762242

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003762242

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0408004

Country of ref document: BR